Top Banner
University of Novi Sad Faculty of Medicine Hajduk Veljkova 3, 21000 Novi Sad, Republic of Serbia Tel: +381 21 420 677 Fax: +381 21 66 24 153 e-mail: [email protected] Integrated Academic Studies in Dentistry Study Program 2014 www.mf.uns.ac.rs
153

Study program details 2015

Dec 08, 2016

Download

Documents

vannhu
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Page 1: Study program details 2015

University of Novi Sad

Faculty of Medicine

Hajduk Veljkova 3, 21000 Novi Sad, Republic of Serbia

Tel: +381 21 420 677 Fax: +381 21 66 24 153 e-mail: [email protected]

Integrated Academic Studies in Dentistry

Study Program 2014

www.mf.uns.ac.rs

Page 2: Study program details 2015

DENTISTRY

5 YEARS – 300 ECTS (Integrated 1st and 2

nd level study)

Professional title acquired: DOCTOR OF DENTISTRY

Access to further study: PhD study; Academic Specialization Study

Accreditation (see page 4.): National Committe for Accreditation and Quality Control,

Decision No. 612-00-208/2009-04 dated 09 April, 2010

Last accreditation (renewed) dated August 2014.

Structure of the study program

Integrated studies of dentistry, which results in the academic title of Doctor of Dentistry, last 5

years and 10 semesters and include 1935+2430 hours of teaching that includes performance of theoretical

and practical training and other forms of active teaching and 150 hours of research with the aim of making

the final defense of the diploma (a total of 4515 hours). The total student workload throughout the Integrated Academic Studies in Dentistry (active

training, continuous training programs, exams and colloquia preparation, and final written exam

preparation) equals 300 ECTS credit points. One ECTS credit stands for approximately 27

working hours.

The most important teaching methods include:

1. Interactive communication in the teaching process;

2. Teaching in small groups;

3. Individual laboratory and clinical practice;

4. Skills demonstration;

5. Lectures illustrated by slides and video clips.

All forms of active teaching are based on interactive teaching characterized by discussions

on the topic, explanation of personal attitudes supported by theoretical or experience-based

arguments, defining dilemmas regarding the topic and their solutions. Interactive teaching, as a

current teaching method, provides better understanding of the teaching subjects, acquiring the

inventive knowledge, development of personal opinions and adoption of the existing scientific

doctrines.

After completing the whole Curriculum of the Integrated Academic Studies in Medicine at

the Faculty of Medicine of the University of Novi Sad, students gain knowledge and skills

necessary for independent individual work.

The Purpose of the Study Program

Reforms taking place in all areas of social life necessitate new approaches to higher

education and health care systems. In these fields priority is given to all the actions contributing

to the adjustment of our systems with the standards and principles of the European health care

and higher education (Bologna and Munich Declarations).

This Curriculum is based on: University Law, Higher Education Law of the Republic of

Serbia, recommendations and standards of the World Federation of Medical Education,

principles of the European higher education incorporated in the Bologna Declaration, and on the

need for highly educated health care professionals capable to follow the rapid development of

medical science and practice.

This study program promotes the following European principles:

- Rationalization and modularization of study programs;

- Implementation of the ECTS credit system;

- Introduction of new teaching modalities and continuing learning process for students;

- Introduction of instruments for teaching process quality control;

- Involving students into the process of education as partners.

Page 3: Study program details 2015

The Curriculum has clearly defined goals:

- Efficient learning;

- Higher levels of professional and scientific competence of graduate students should be of

social and national interest;

- Curricula adjustments according to the standards of European institution of higher

education (from the aspect of quality, workload and teaching methods), which would

certainly contribute to greater mobility of students, faculty and research ideas;

- Introduction of standards into the assessment of knowledge, skills and professional

competence, which would be comparable with standards in Europe. In this way all

dentistry students would be equal with their colleagues in the whole Europe.

The Objectives of the Study Program The aim of the study program is that students acquire knowledge:

in the biomedical sciences which form the basis for the understanding of the growth, development

and human health;

about the normal structure and function of human organism, with special emphasis on the

orofacial system;

on oral biology, with detailed knowledge of form and function of teeth and surrounding

structures, both in the state of health and in sickness;

about the diseases of orofacial system from the standpoint of prevention, diagnosis and therapy;

violation of the materials and / or function of the human organism and the occurrence of the

etiology of disorders, especially of the orofacial system and the impact of these diseases on the

whole organism;

The sources of infection and how infection is controlled;

The respective clinical disciplines that provide the acquisition of manual skills required for work

in the dental profession;

Communication between dentist and patient, his family, colleagues and the general public; Interpersonal skills necessary to work in a team;

On the principles of importance for health promotion, health education and disease prevention

concerning the orofacial region;

On the mental and physical diseases of man and of human reproduction;

Understanding the relationship between health status and diseases of the orofacial region and the

social environment;

The specific dental disciplines, including science of dental biomaterials, fear and pain control,

dental public health, oral and maxillofacial surgery, oral medicine, oral microbiology, oral

pathology, oral radiology, orthodontics, children's dentistry, pharmacology and therapeutic tools,

preventive dentistry, Periodontics, restorative dentistry and dental prosthetics;

From deontology, ethics and legal responsibilities of doctors, especially in the field of dentistry;

On the necessary clinical experience, under expert supervision in health care facilities;

On the scientific methods and the application of biomedical measurement, assessment of

scientific facts and data analysis.

The competencies of graduates

Dentists acquire the competence to apply the acquired theoretical knowledge, clinical skills as well as

standards of professional and scientific communication in their work.

After completing the study program of integrated academic studies in dentistry, graduate dentists

should have competence to consider complex issues in diagnosis and treatment plan, make clear

assessments and conclusions, and to convey their decisions to patients and colleagues.

Page 4: Study program details 2015
Page 5: Study program details 2015

I year of study

COURSE TITLE

Hours/week

Hours/year No

ECTS

Condition for Winter

Sem.

Summer

sem.

No Code DESCRIPTION T P T P Theory Pract. Total IA Attendance Exam

1. StI-ANT

ANATOMY

3 3 3 3 90 90 180 – 14.0 – –

2. StI-HI/EM

HISTOLOGY AND

EMBRYOLOGY 3 2 3 2 90 60 150 – 12.0 – –

3. StI-STJE

ENGLISH LANGUAGE I

2 0 2 0 60 0 60 – 4.0 – –

4. StI-BHEM BIOCHEMISTRY 3 3 0 0 45 45 90 – 7.0 – –

5. StI-HUGE HUMAN GENETICS 3 2 0 0 45 30 75 – 5.0 – –

6. StI-ME/SC MEDICAL ETHICS AND

SOCIOLOGY 3 0 0 0 45 0 45 – 3.0 – –

7. StI-PP FIRST AID 0 0 0 2 0 30 30 – 2.0 – –

8. StI-DANT DENTAL ANATOMY 1 2 0 0 15 30 45 – 4.0 – –

9. StI-MS/IF

MEDICAL STATISTICS

AND INFORMATION

TECHNOLOGIES 0 0 1 2 15 30 45 – 3.0 – –

10. StII-

GNTO GNATHOLOGY 0 0 2 3 30 45 75 – 6.0 8 –

Total Active teaching 435 360 795 – 60.0

Page 6: Study program details 2015

II year of study

COURSE TITLE

Hours/week

Hours/year No

ECTS

Condition for Winter

Sem.

Summer

sem.

No Code DESCRIPTION T P T P Theory Pract. Total IA Attendance Exam

11. StII-

FIZO

PHYSIOLOGY 3 2 3 2 90 60 150 – 10.0 4

12. StII-

STPRP

DENTAL PROSTHETICS

- PRECLINICAL 2 3 2 3 60 90 150 – 11.0 8 16

13. StII-

BUSP

OPERATIVE

DENTISTRY -

PRECLINICAL

1 2 1 3 30 75 105 – 8.0 8 16

14. StII-STJE ENGLISH LANGUAGE II 2 0 0 0 30 0 30 – 2.0 – 3

15. StII-

MB/HE

GENERAL AND ORAL

PATHOLOGY 4 2 0 0 60 30 90 – 6.0 1,2,8

16. StII-PFIZ PHYSIOPATHOLOGY

0 0 4 2 60 30 90 – 6.0 4,10 15

17. StII-MI/I

MICROBIOLOGY AND

IMMUNOLOGY 4 2 0 0 60 30 90 – 6.0 4

18. StII-FAR GENERAL

PHARMACOLOGY 0 0 3 2 45 30 75 – 5.0 4 15

19. StII-

IZPRI ELECTIVE I 2 1 0 0 30 15 45 – 3.0 –

1. Medical informatics

2. Microscopic laboratory

techniques in medicine

3. History of medicine and

dentistry

20. StII-

IZPRII ELECTIVE II 0 0 2 1 30 15 45 – 3.0 –

1. Introduction to research

scientific work

2. Computer use in

dentistry

3. Experimental animals

and experimental

pharmacology in medical research

Total Active teaching 495 375 870 – 60.0

Page 7: Study program details 2015

III year of study

COURSE TITLE

Hours/week

Hours/year No

ECTS

Condition for Winter

Sem.

Summer

sem.

No Code DESCRIPTION T P T P Theory Pract. Total IA Attendance Exam

21. StIII-

KFAR SPECIAL PHARMACOLOGY 2 2 0 0 30 30 60 – 3.0 – 18,19

22. StIII-

BZUK

OPERATIVE DENTISTRY -

CLINIC I 1 3 1 6 30 135 165 – 12.0 13 15

23. StIII-

PRST PREVENTIVE DENTISTRY 1 1 2 3 45 60 105 – 8.0 – 13

24. StIII-

RAD RADIOLOGY 3 2 0 0 45 30 75 – 5.0 15 13

25. StIII-

INMD INTERNAL MEDICINE 3 4 0 0 45 60 105 – 7.0 15,17, 19

26. StIII-

OMED GENERAL MEDICINE 3 2 0 0 45 30 75 – 5.0 15,17, 19

27. StIII-

STMT DENTAL MATERIALS 2 1 0 0 30 15 45 – 3.0 – 12

28. StIII-

STAN

DENTAL

ANAESTHESIOLOGY 0 0 1 1 15 15 30 - 1.0 -

29. StIII-

APN

ANAESTHESIOLOGY AND

PERIOPERATIVE MEDICINE 0 0 1 1 15 15 30 – 2.0

30. StIII-

HIR SURGERY 0 0 1 2 15 30 45 – 3.0 15,17, 19 25

31. StIII-

ORL OTORHINOLARYNGOLOGY 0 0 2 2 30 30 60 – 4.0 15,19 25

32. StIII –

JZDR PUBLIC HEALTH 0 0 3 1 45 15 60 – 4.0 –

33. StIII-

IZPR ELECTIVE 0 0 2 1 30 15 45 – 3.0 –

1. Clinical immunology

2. Medical psychology

3. Dental prevention in the

community

4. Experimental pharmacodynamic

methods in experimental animals

5. Rational drug use in pregnancy and lactation

Active teaching

Medical

psychology 480 900 – 60,0

Page 8: Study program details 2015

IV year of study

COURSE TITLE

Hours/week

Hours/year No

ECTS

Condition for Winter

Sem.

Summer

sem.

No Code DESCRIPTION T P T P Theory Pract. Total IA Attendance Exam

34. StIV-

KLPR

CLINICAL PROSTHETICS I

1 6 1 6 30 180 210 – 14.0 12 28

35. StIV-

OHIR ORAL SURGERY 2 3 2 3 60 90 150 – 10.0 – 22,23,

25,29

36. StIV-

OMED ORAL MEDICINE 2 2 1 3 45 75 120 – 8.0 – 22,27

37. StIV-

ORVIL MAXILLARY

ORTHOPAEDICS I 2 2 1 3 45 75 120

8.0

38. StIV-

PDNT PERIODONTOLOGY I 1 2 0 0 15 30 45 – 3.0 16

39. StIV-

BZUK

OPERATIVE DENTISTRY -

CLINICAL II 0 3 0 0 0 45 45 – 3.0 23 22

40. StIV-

URG EMERGENCY MEDICINE 2 2 0 0 30 30 60 – 4.0 26,30

41. StIV-

ENDD ENDODONTICS I 0 0 1 2 15 30 45 – 3.0 – 32

42. StIV-IMP IMPLANTOLOGY 0 0 2 2 30 30 60 4.0

43. StIV-

IZPR ELECTIVE 0 0 2 1 30 15 45 – 3.0 –

1. Esthetics in dentistry

2. Mathematic models in

medical research

3. Management in medicine

and dentistry

4. Dental care of elderly

patients

5. Pharmacotherapy of

infection in dentistry

6. Rational phytotherapy

Total Active teaching 300 600 900 – 60.0

Page 9: Study program details 2015

V year of study

COURSE TITLE

Hours/week Hours/year

No

ECTS

Condition for Winter

Sem.

Summer

sem.

No Code DESCRIPTION T P T P Theory Pract. Total IA Attendance Exam

44. StV-

KPRT

CLINICAL PROSTHETICS II

1 5 1 4 30 135 165 – 8.0 34

45. StV-DST PAEDIATRIC DENTISTRY 1 3 2 3 45 90 135 – 8.0 24

46. StV-

PDNT

PERIODONTOLOGY II 1 3 1 3 30 90 120 – 4.0 38 22

47. StV-

ENDD ENDODONTICS II 1 6 0 6 15 180 195 – 6.0 41 22

48. StV-

MFHIR MAXILLOFACIAL

SURGERY

2 2 2 2 60 60 120 – 6.0 35

49. StV-

ORVIL MAXILLARY

ORTHOPEDICS II

1 2 0 0 15 30 45 – 2.0 16,25

50. StV-

SZOPP

DENTAL CARE OF

PATIENTS WITH SPECIAL

NEEDS

2 0 0 0 30 0 30 – 1.0 –

51. StV-SED FORENSIC MEDICINE 0 0 2 1 30 15 45 2.0 30

52. StV-IZPR ELECTIVE 0 0 2 1 30 15 45 – 3.0 –

1. Nanostructured biomaterials

in dentistry

2. Basics of periodontal surgery

3. Risk diseases in dentistry

4. Clinical Gnathology

5. Mouth and dental injuries in

children

6. Clinical toxicology

7. Expertise in dentistry

53. StV-ZR GRADUATION PAPER 150 20.0*

TOTAL

Active teaching 285 615 900

60.0

Study- research activities 150

Teaching hours at V study year 1050

T – theoretical teaching (Lectures)

P – practical teaching (Practice)

IA – individual activities

SRA – Study- research activities

Total teaching hours 4515

1. Theoretical 1935

2. Practical 2430

4. SRA 150

Total ECTS 300

Page 10: Study program details 2015

1. ANATOMY (StI-ANT) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of Anatomy

NAME OF THE SUBJECT ANATOMY

STATUS OF THE SUBJECT Compulsory

Condition: none

Year of the

studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of

seminars

ECTS

credits Lectures Pract. Lectures Pract.

first 3 3 3 3 Partial tests

2 1 14. 0

Methods of conducting teaching Lectures and practical classes

goa

l

Acquiring knowledge about human body that will be a basis for exploring histological built and form, as well as the possibility of practical

application of the acquired knowledge in anatomy for better understanding of morphological structures of head and neck as a whole.

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge

Getting to know morphology and built of certain parts of the body. Acquiring knowledge from systematic and topographic anatomy, which will be of use in practical lectures primarily in branches, which are directly linked with pathological anatomy,

patho-histology, all surgical branches, groups of conservative therapy, radiological and radiotherapeutical procedures as well

as better understanding of biomedical procedures which are oriented towards the needs of pathology from the area of neck and head.

Skills

Learning about practical topics related to anatomy, recognizing and noticing relations between certain anatomic structures on

bones (certain parts of the body, organs, primarily of head and neck) as well as on x ray, NMR and CT scanning. Knowing of anatomical structures represents the basis of surgical techniques, radiological and radiotherapeutical treatments as well as

understanding of biomedical and disciplines close to dentistry.

SUBJECT CONTENT: Theoretical lectures – methodical units

1. General anatomy: general osteology, general anthropology, general myology, general angiology, general neurology

2. Bones, joints, muscles, blood vessels, lymphatic and nerves of upper limbs; monographic regions of upper limbs.

3. Bones, joints, muscles, blood vessels, lymphatic and nerves of lower limbs; monographic regions of lower limbs. 4. Spine

5. Chest walls; classification and content of chest (lungs, heart, esophagus, blood vassals, lymphatic system and nerves )

6. Stomach walls: division and content of stomach 7. Pelvic walls, content of pelvic cavity, male and female sex organs, bladder and rectum

8. Skull and face bones, craniofacial cavities, joints, muscles, blood vessels, lymphatic system and head and neck nerves.

9. Head and neck organs 10. Eye and ear

11. External morphology of central nervous system , meninx, and cavities of central nervous system

12. Built of central nervous system; brain pathways; blood vessels of central nervous system

Practical lectures – methodical units

1. Bones, joints, muscles, blood vassals, lymphatics and nerves of upper extremity

2. Bones, joints, muscles, blood vassals, lymphatics and nerves of lower limbs; monographic regions of lower extremity. 3. Spine

4. Chest walls: division and content of chest (lungs, heart, esophagus, blood vassals, lymphatics and nerves )

5. Stomach walls: division and content of stomach

6. Walls of pelvis, male and female sex organs, bladder and rectum

7. Skull and face bones, craniofacial cavity, joints, muscles, blood vessels, lymphatics and head and neck nerves 8. Head and neck organs

9. Topographic regions of head and neck

10. Eye and ear 11. External morphology of central nervous system

12. Sections of the brain, blood vessels, blood vessels of the central nervous system

RECCOMANDED

READINGS Compulsory

1. Mihalj M, Obradović D. Opšta anatomija. Zmaj Novi Sad, 2004. 2. Obradović D, Mijatov-Ukropina Lj, Stojšić-Džunja Lj. Osteologija. Ortomediks, Novi Sad, 2008.

3. Erić M, Obradović D. Anatomija čoveka za studente stomatologije: ruka, noga, grudni koš, trbuh i

karlica. Medicinski fakultet, Novi Sad, 2012. 4. Jovanović SV, Jeličić NA. Anatomija čoveka – glava i vrat. Savremena administracija Beograd, 2006.

1. Gudović R. Anatomija centralnog nervnog sistema za studente stomatologije. Ortomedics Novi Sad,

2003.

Page 11: Study program details 2015

Additional

1. Ilić A, Blagotić M, Malobabić S, Radonjić V, Prostran M, Toševski J. Anatomija centralnog

nervnog sistema. Savremena administracija Beograd, 2005.

2. Obradović D, Mijatov-Ukropina Lj, Stojšić-Džunja Lj. Osteologija – atlas. Ortomediks, Novi Sad, 2008.

3. Jovanović S, Lotrić N. Deskriptivna i topografska anatomija čoveka – ruka, grudni koš, noga, trbuh i

karlica. Naučna knjiga 1989. 4. Gudović R, Mijatov-Ukropina Lj, Letić V. Atlas centralnog nervnog sistema. Ortomedics Novi Sad,

1996.

5. Draganić V, Gudović R, Krivokuća Z, Puškaš L, Puškaš N. Anatomija čoveka – moždani i kičmeni živci (ilustrovani kompendijum). Savremena administracija 2006.

6. Jovanović S. Anatomski atlas za studente medicine i stomatologije. Naučna knjiga Beograd

7. Grey's Anatomy-The Anatomical Basis of Clinical practice. Elsevier Churchill Livingstone 2005. 8. Toldt Hochstetter. Anatomischer Atlas (različita izdanja)

9. Vajda J. Anatomischer Atlas (različita izdanja)

10. Kiss-Szentágothai. Anatomski atlas čovjekova tjela (različita izdanja) 11. Netter FH. Atlas anatomije čoveka (različita izdanja)

1. Sinelьnikov RD. Atlas anatomii čeloveka (različita izdanja)

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

15 30 10 5 20 20

List of teachers and professors

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant Prof. Associate Prof. Full-Professor Scientist

1 2 5 5

1. Prof. dr Marija Mihalj 2. Prof. dr Ljilja Mijatov-Ukropina

3. Prof. dr Nada Mihić 4. Prof. dr Ljubica Stojšić-Džunja

5. Doc. dr Siniša Babović

6. Doc. dr Dušica Marić 7. Doc. dr Biljana Srdić

8. Doc. dr Mirela Erić 9. Asist. dr Bojana Krstonošić

10. Asist. dr Mirjana Milošević

11. dr Nikola Vučinić, teaching associate

Head of the Department

Doc. dr Biljana Srdić Galić

Page 12: Study program details 2015

2. HISTOLOGY AND EMBRIOLOGY (StI-HI/EM) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of histology and embryology

NAME OF SUBJECT HISTOLOGY AND EMBRIOLOGY

STATUS OF THE SUBJECT Compulsory

Condition: none

Year of studies Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week)

No. of tests No. of

seminars

ECTS

credits Lectures Pract. Lectures Pract.

first 3 2 3 2 3 1 12

Methods of conducting teaching Theoretical and practical lessons.

GO

A

L

Acquiring knowledge and skills necessary for 1. Recognizing and differentiating of certain tissues and organs including their structural

characteristics as well as recognizing structures that are not usual 2. Differentiating of certain phases in development of human fetus and

embryo and description of basic disorders in development of some organs and organ systems.

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge

A student should know 1. Ultra structural characteristics of a cell, morphological characteristics of some organelles and their

function. 2. Types of tissues and their morphological characteristic and function 3. Morphological characteristic and function of all organs and systems 4. Morphological characteristics of preembryonic, embryonic and fetal development of a person. 5.

Histological elements connected to some organs relevant for evaluating age of fetus 6. Morphological basic disorders in development of some organs and systems.

Skills

On microscopic examination, the student has to be able to: recognize all cell organelles and four basic types of tissues and

relevant changes in light microscopy; all organs described and addressed in theoretical classes; describe and recognize the phases

of fetal development in graphs and photos; recognize the age of fetus and to notice all changes in organs and organ-systems on graphs, drawings and photos.

CO

NT

EN

T O

F T

HE

SU

BJ

EC

T

Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1. Structural characteristic of a cell and its development and life 2. Histological characteristic of epithelial, connective, muscle and nerve tissue, subdivisions, structures and functions.

3. Histological built of organs of circulatory and immune system, digestive system and additional glands, respiratory and urinary system,

female and male genital system, endocrine and nervous system, hearing organs, skin and joints. 4. Fertilizing, navel cord and placentas, pre-embryo, embryos and fetus development of tissues. Development of all body organs and

organ- systems as well as disorders in their development and significance for surviving.

Practical teaching – methodical units

1. Cell and cell organelles on ultra structural level- microphotography. 2. Epithelial tissue

3. Histological structure of heart, arteries, thymus, capillary vein, lymph knots, spleen, organs of mouth, tonsils, esophagus,

stomach, colon, bowls, bladder, pancreas, nose, lungs, urinary tract, ovary, ovarian tube, uterus, breast, testicle, male reproductive system, thyroid and hypophyseal glands, sensation organs, skin and derivates of skin, bone and joint structure.

4. Histological structure of embryonic and fetus tissues, navel cord, placenta and development of tissues and body organs.

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory

1. Histologija. Anđelković Z, Somer Lj, Perović M, Avramović V, Milenkova Lj, Kostovska

N, Petrović A. Impressum, Niš, 2009.

2. Embriologija čoveka. Nikolić I, Rančić G, Radenković G, Lačković V, Todorović V, Mitić D. Medicinski fakultet, Niš, 2004. (i novija izdanja)

3. Praktikum iz histologije. Somer Lj, Krnojelac D, Đolai M. Ortomediks , Novi Sad, 2002. 4. Somer Lj, Đolai M, Lalošević D. Repetitorium iz citologije, histologije i organologije za

studente medicine, stomatologije, farmacije, medicinske rehabilitacije i zdravstvene nege,

Univerzitet u Novom Sadu, Medicinski fakultet Novi Sad, 2013.

5. Ćelija i tkiva. Andjelković Z, Somer Lj, Matavulj M, Lačković V, Lalošević D, Nikolić I, Milosavljević Z, Danilović V. Bonafides, Niš, 2002.

6. Histološka gradja organa. Andjelković Z, Somer Lj, Perović M, Avramović V, Milenkova Lj,

Kostovska N, Petrović A. Bonafides, Niš, 2001. 7. Embriologija čoveka. Nikolić I, Rančić G, Radenković G, Lačković V, Todorović V, Mitić D.

Medicinski fakultet, Niš, 2004. 8. Praktikum iz histologije. Somer Lj, Krnojelac D, Đolai M. Ortomediks , Novi Sad, 2002

Additional

1. Osnovi histologije, tekst i atlas. Junkvera L, Karneiro J. /Urednici i prevodioci Lačković V, Todorović V. Data Status, Beograd , 2005.

2. Atlas razvojne morfologije fetalnog perioda. Somer Lj, Đolai M, Lalošević D, Krnojelac D,

Mocko-Kaćanski M, Levakov A. Medicinski fakultet Novi Sad-WUS Austrija, Novi Sad 2005. 3. Mikroskopska laboratorijska tehnika u medicini. Lalošević D, Somer Lj, Đolai M, Lalošević

V, Mažibrada J, Krnojelac D. Medicinski fakultet Novi Sad-WUS Austrija, Novi Sad, 2005.

4. Hystology, a Text and Atlas, Ross M, Kaye G, Pawlina W. Lippincott Williams&Wilkins, Philadelphia, 2003 (i novija izdanja).

5. Basic histology. Junqueira L, Carneiro J. MC Graw-hill Companies, 2005.

6. Sadler T. W. Langman`s Medical embryology. Williams&Wilkins, Baltimor, 1995 (i novija izdanja)

7. Osnovi histologije, tekst i atlas. Junkvera L, Karneiro J. /Urednici i prevodioci Lačković V,

Todorović V. Data Status, Beograd , 2005.

8. Basic histology. Junqueira L, Carneiro J, MC Graw-Hill Companies, 2005. 9. Atlas razvojne morfologije fetalnog perioda. Somer Lj, Đolai M, Lalošević D, Krnojelac D,

Mocko-Kaćanski M, Levakov A. Medicinski fakultet Novi Sad-WUS Austrija, Novi Sad 2005.

10. Mikroskopska laboratorijska tehnika u medicini. Lalošević D, Somer Lj, Djolai M, Lalošević V, Mažibrada J, Krnojelac D. Medicinski fakultet Novi Sad-WUS Austrija, Novi Sad, 2005.

11. Hystology, a Text and Atlas, Ross M, Kaye G, Pawlina W. Lippincott Williams&Wilkins,

Philadelphia, 2003.

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Pract. Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

10 25 15 5 - 20 25

Page 13: Study program details 2015

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

/ 7 1 1

1. Prof. dr Dušan Lalošević,

2. Prof. dr Matilda Đolai,

3. Asist. dr med. Mihaela Mocko-Kaćanski, 4. Asist. dr med. Aleksandra Ferko-Levakov,

5. Asist. dr med. Tamara Bošković,

6. Asist. dr med. Bojana Andrejić-Višnjić, 7. Asist. dr med. Ivan Čapo,

8. Asist. dr med. Jelena Amidžić,

9. Asist. dr med. Jelena Ilić-Sabo,

Head of the Department Prof. dr . Dušan Lalošević

Page 14: Study program details 2015

3. ENGLISH LANGUAGE I (StI-STJE) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of general subjects

NAME OF SUBJECT ENGLISH LANGUAGE I

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Compulsory

Condition none

Year of

studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

ECTS credits Lectures Pract. Lectures. Pract.

first 2 - 2 - 1 - 4. 0

Methods of conducting teaching Pract: Communication, Pract, practicing grammar and vocabulary using tests and orally, using visual and auditive methods, working in groups and individually.

GO

A

L

Basic goal in teaching English is showing students the importance of knowing a foreign language because of communication as well as the fact that there are many seminar papers and books related to their occupation in English.

PU

RP

OSE

Knowledge Teaching students basic English vocabulary, grammar, expressions, culture and tradition of English speaking countries.

Showing the difference between expressions related to a profession and general English.

Skills Application of the knowledge both in work and outside it. Ability of translating literature related to dentistry and using that

knowledge both in writing and orally.

CONTENT OF THE SUBJECT:: Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1. Introduction: the importance of using English in everyday life as well as in the professional area; the human body seen from a layma’s and a

doctor’s angle.

2. Chemical elements and compounds: structure of the atom, ions, isotopes, chemical bonds, basic elements that make up human body. 3. The Cell: different living organisms (single-celled, multi-celled), the cell – structure and functions, different types of cells and their functions in

the human body.

4. The Skeletal System: types of bones; bone formation and structure - functions; the names of the major bones (their location in the skeleton); articulations.

5. The Muscular System: types of muscles (their functions and structure); tendons and ligaments.

6. The Digestive System: the main parts and other organs which take part in the process of digestion; general and specific functions. 7. The nervous System: nerve cell (structure and functions); generation and conduction of electrical impulses; the central nervous system; the

peripheral nervous system (structure and functions). 8. The Circulatory System: Lymphatic System (parts), Cardiovascular System (structure and functions), the heart, arteries and veins, blood

pressure.

9. The Respiratory System: respiration (external and internal); transport of gases; different parts of the system and their functions. 10. The Excretory System: body systems and organs which remove waste products (skin, digestive and respiratory system); the urinary system –

main organs and their functions.

11. The Endocrine System: basic characteristics and functions, endocrine glands, different hormones and their roles. 12. The Reproductive System: male and female reproductive systems (anatomy); gonads, fertilization, gestation, parturition.

13. Senses: Sense organs – composition and functions (eye, ear, nose, tongue, skin)

14. Body activities: works used for diverse body activities in everyday life 15. Physical appearance: describing physical appearance of humans (hair, face, physical composition, skin, general appearance)

16. Character: describing human peculiarities (intelligence, life attitude, social behavior, ambition, fairness, etc. )

17. Clothing: diverse clothing items and their application, different materials used for clothing production, colors, appearance, style 18. Interpersonal and family relations: friendship, acquaintance, relatedness, love, collegiality

19. Travelling: vehicles, reasons for travelling (business travel, adventurism, tourism), getting around during travelling, destinations, planning

20. Food: different foods and their effects on human health, national cuisines, preparing meals /cooking, dining in restaurants 21. Young people and society: childhood, maturing, adolescence, man’s role in the society, individuals as a factor of social change, academic

citizenship

22. Humor: humor as a reflection of human intelligence and positive way of thinking, humor as a health factor, humor as a cultural phenomenon, sense of humor

23. Fear: different types of fear, causes of fear, overcoming fear, role of fear in manipulating people

24. Memory: reliability of memory, practicing memory skills, motivation and memory, attention, learning 25. Loneliness: loneliness as a subjective phenomenon, circumstances leading to sensation of loneliness, solitude versus loneliness

Practical teaching – methodical units

Page 15: Study program details 2015

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory

1. Dragović, Radmila: Engleski za zdravstvene radnike, Naučna knjiga, Beograd, 1994.

2. Marošan, Zoran: English for Medical Students, Ortomedics, Novi Sad, 2008.

3. Momčinović, Vesna; Tanay, Vlasta; Žurić-Havelka, Srebrenka: Medical English, Medicinski fakultet Sveučilišta u Zagrebu, Zagreb 1988.

4. Murphy, Raymond: English Grammar in Use, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1988.

Additional

1. McCarthy, Michael; O’Dell, Felicity: English Vocabulary in Use, Cambridge University Press,

Cambridge, 1996. 2. Hornby, A. S. : Oxford Advanced Learner’s Dictionary of Current English, Oxford: Oxford University

Press.

3. MacLean , Joan: English in Basic Medical Science, Oxford University Press, 1980.

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

25 0 5 0 0 20 50

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assist. Prof Assoc. Prof. Full-Professor Scientist

2

1. Zoran Marošan, Lecturer

2. Vuk Marković, Lecturer

Head of the Department Doc. dr. Dušica Rakić

Page 16: Study program details 2015

4. BIOCHEMISTRY (StI-BHEM) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of biochemistry

NAME OF SUBJECT BIOCHEMISTRY

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Compulsory

Condition none

Year of

studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

ECTS credits Lectures Pract. Lectures. Pract.

first 3 3 - - 2 - 7. 0

Methods of conducting teaching Lectures for bigger and smaller groups using multimedia. Testing. Practical knowledge- conducting biochemical analysis and reading results.

GO

A

L

The goal of teaching biochemistry is to teach students to understand all biological processes in our body, to learn about basic methods used in clinical chemistry as well as diagnostic means. To enable future doctors to use these methods in right manner.

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge Knowing basic chemical constituents of human body, general metabolic ways, understanding the essence of many diseases

and knowing specific biochemical processes of some organs and tissues.

Skills

Appropriate taking of biological material for biochemical analysis. Assessing reliability of some biochemical methods and their use for diagnosis. Using results of biochemical analysis for diagnosis. Examining metabolism the most important content

of organism based on measures on biological samples. Proving basic laws of biochemistry based on laboratory methods.

CONTENT OF THE SUBJECT:: Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1. Introduction to biochemistry.

2. Water as biological solvent. 3. Amino acids. Peptides. . .

4. Proteins – structure, qualities, classification. Hemoproteins – hemoglobin, myoglobin and cytohromes.

5. Nuclear acids, bases, DNA, genetic code, RNA. 6. Phospholipids and biological membranes.

7. Enzymes-chemical nature, enzyme catalysis. Kinetics of enzyme reaction. Classification. Coenzymes and vitamins.

8. Chemical thermodynamics. Bioenergetics. Biological oxidation. Transformation of energy. ETS, ATP. 9. Metabolic ways. Digesting. Glycolysis. Krebs's cycle of lemon acid.

10. Digesting of proteins and absorption of amino acids.

11. Digesting and absorption of lipids. Metabolism of lipoproteins. 12. Beta oxidation of fatty acids. Regulation of the metabolism.

13. Synthesis of DNA-replication. Synthesis of RNA-transcription. Synthesis of proteins.

14. Water and electrolytes. 15. Calcium and its importance.

16. Parathormone, D-hormone and calcitonin

17. Biochemistry of blood-blood plasma, coagulation of blood, biochemistry of erythrocytes. 18. Biochemistry of connective tissue

19. Bone , dentine, cement and enamel.

20. Oral biochemistry 21. Hormones. Mechanisms of action of steroid hormones. Hormones to thyroid gland. Adrenaline and noradrenaline. Hormones of the

pancreas. Corticosteroids. Male and female sexual hormones. Hormones of adeno- and neurohypophysis.

Practical teaching – methodical units

1. Introduction. The aim of practical classes. Checking the reliability of biochemical methods

2. Photometry. Principles of Lambert-Beer's law. Extinction and molar extinction coefficient. Blind test and the standard calibration curve. Colorimeter and spectrophotometer. Application of photometry. Checking the Lambert-Beer's law and determining the concentration of

bromtimol blue.

3. Colorimetric determination of the concentration of inorganic phosphate. 4. Colorimetric determination of protein. Methods for protein determination . Determination of protein concentration in serum biureten

reaction,

5. Isolation, fibrinogen method. 6. Polarimetry. Determination of specific angle of turning the plane of polarized light and glucose concentration in the urine.

7. Quantitative determination of urea, Berthelot method

8. Qualitative analysis of bile color in the serum and urine 9. Quantitative determination of chloride in serum

10. Qualitative detection of enzymes

11. Enzymatic hydrolysis of starch-alpha amylase activity 12. Principles of quantitative measurement of enzyme activity; Determination of alkaline phosphatase activity in function of time;

13. Proving the presence of the isoenzyme alkaline phosphatase.

14. Ionochanging chromatography of amino acids

Page 17: Study program details 2015

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory

1. S. Marinkov, J. Borota: Medicinska biohemija, Radnički univerzitet ”Radivoj Ćirpanov” Novi Sad,

2006.

2. J. Borota i saradnici: Praktikum medicinske biohemije i hemije, Medicinski fakultet, Novi Sad, 2006.

Additional 1. Z. Kovačević: Biohemija i molekularna biologija, Medicinski fakultet, Novi Sad, 2006.

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

8 12 50 - - - 30

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assist. Prof Assoc. Prof. Full-Professor Scientist

3 2 3

1. Doc. dr Tatjana Ćebović

2. Prof. dr Ljiljana Andrijević

3. Prof. dr Katica Bajin-Katić 4. Prof. dr Karmen Stankov

5. Doc. dr Mirjana Milošević-Tošić

6. Doc. dr Jelena Stojčević-Maletić

7. As. dr Jasmina Katanić

Head of the Department Doc. dr Tatjana Ćebović

Page 18: Study program details 2015

5. HUMAN GENETICS (StI-HUGE) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of general subjects

NAME OF SUBJECT HUMAN GENETICS

STATUS OF THE SUBJECT Compulsory

Condition: none

Year of studies Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week)

No. of tests No. of

seminars ECTS credits Lectures Pract. Lectures. Pract.

first 3 2 - - 3 - 5. 0

Methods of conducting teaching Lectures and Pract.

GO

A

L

Purpose of this subject is to teach students facts about human genome as well as genetic mechanisms of hereditary diseases. Students will be

able to use different sources of information and learn about technological achievements in exploration of human genome. They will also learn

about transferring genetic information at the level of the molecule, chromosome, organism and population.

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge

Students will be able to use basic genetic terms and be aware of the importance of genetics in modern science. They will learn about structure of chromatin, morphological and functional chromosome organization. They will be able to clearly differentiate

the meiotic stages and understand the importance of cell division in transmission genetics. They will be able to apply Mendel's

laws and understand inter- and intralocus gene interactions. They will be able to predict inheritance mechanisms and precisely construct family trees based on the given data. They will understand mechanisms of mutation, principles of mutagenic actions

and mechanisms of DNA reparation. They will understand basic techniques of molecular genetics and prenatal diagnostics,

population genetics and forensics, as well as principles of gene therapy.

Skills

After pre-exam and exam obligations student will be able to:

See difference in structural levels and functional organization of human genome

Identify mechanisms of regulating gene expression

Understand genetic experiments aimed at determining causes for genetic diseases.

Explain methodology of basic techniques of molecular genetics in prenatal diagnostics, population genetics and forensics

To use the internet and other information sources and relevant scientific references

CONTENT OF THE SUBJECT: Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1. Introduction to human genetic. Structure of nucleic acids. 2. Gene expression and gene regulation. Organization of the human genome.

3. Morphological and molecular organization of a chromosome

4. Cell division. Gametogenesis. 5. Basic rules of inheritance. Autosomal dominant and autosomal recessive inheritance. Family tree analysis.

6. Intralocus and interlocus gene interactions.

7. Determination of gender. Gender related inheritance and holandric inheritance 8. Polygenetic inheritance. Multifactorial and complex hereditary diseases

9. Mutation, reparation and recombination of DNA

10. Changes in the number and structure of chromosomes. Hereditary diseases induced by structural and numerical chromosomal aberrations. 11. Molecular markers in human genetics. Prenatal and preimplantation diagnostics of genetic diseases.

12. Genetic counseling. Potentialities of gene therapy.

Practical teaching – methodical units

1. Nucleic acids and gene expression 2. Structural and molecular basis of chromosomes

3. Cell divisions and gametogenesis

4. Basic inheritance laws 5. Analysis of family tree

6. Gene interactions. Multiple alleles – abo system of blood groups and rh system

7. Gene interactions. Partial domination. Co domination. Epistasis. 8. Sex determination. Sex related characteristics.

9. Changes in number and structure of chromosomes

10. Multifactorial inheritance 11. Molecular markers in human genetics

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory

1. Humana genetika, Feodora Popić Paljić, Medicinski fakultet Novi Sad, 2012.

2. Emerijevi osnovi medicinske genetike. Peter Turnpenny, Sian Ellard. Datastatus, 2009.

3. Praktikum iz humane genetike. Vapa Lj. , Obreht D. , Đan M. Medicinski fakultet Novi Sad, 2012.

Additional 1. Human Genetics, Ricki Lewis, 2007. 2. Human Molecular Genetics. Tom Strachan, Andrew Read, 4th Edition. Garlan Science, 2011.

Page 19: Study program details 2015

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Colloquium Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

30 70 -

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assist. Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

1 2

1. Asist. Nataša Vučinić 1. Prof. dr Mihajla Đan 2. Prof. dr Dragana Obreht

Head of the Department

Doc. dr Dušica Rakić

Page 20: Study program details 2015

5. MEDICAL ETHICS AND SOCIOLOGY (StI-ME/SC) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of general subjects

NAME OF SUBJECT MEDICAL ETHICS AND SOCIOLOGY

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECTSUBJECT

Compulsory

Condition: none

Year of studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

ECTS credits Lectures Pract. Lectures. Pract.

first 3 - - - 2 - 4. 0

Methods of conducting teaching Video presentation and oral expression

GO

A

L

Encouraging student to work on their psychological and moral development to be able to have the right attitude in behavior in their future

occupation. Teaching students about the greatest achievements in sociological science.

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge

To give students basic knowledge about all oaths and codes of medical ethics as well as about laws and regulations related to the work of health workers.

Better understanding of men, society and history as well as understanding of one's own profession.

Skills

CONTENT OF THE SUBJECT: Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1. Definition of moral, morality, ethics, deontology, oaths and codes. 2. Ethical attitude of health worker towards patients in particular medicine branches.

3. Great and eternal dilemmas-euthanasia, abortion, medical secret. . .

4. Ethical attitude of medical professionals towards their colleagues, community and their profession. 5. Medical deontology and medical law.

6. Subject and methods of sociology.

7. Definition of society and elements of social structure. 8. Culture as special surrounding of a man.

9. Social processes and change.

10. Main characteristic of modern Serbian society.

Practical teaching – methodical units

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory

1. Berger, Piter, Kelner, Hansfrid (1991. ), Sociologija u novom ključu, Niš: Gradina (str. 43 – 75).

2. Gidens, Entoni (2003), Sociologija, Beograd: Ekonomski fakultet (str. 52-151, 452 – 490). 3. Marić J. (2002), Medicinska etika: Megraf, Beograd

4. Tripković, Milan (2006), Osnovi sociologije, Novi Sad: Stilos.

5. Đordjević, Dragoljub (1996), Sociologija forever, Niš: Učenička zasecond Gimnazije “Svetozar Marković“ (str. 9 – 27, 58 – 60, 178 – 189).

Additional

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

30 20 50

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assist. Prof Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

2 3

1. Prof dr Aleksandra Doronjski 2. Prof. dr Branimir Gudurić, emeritus

3. Dr Gordana Vilotijević Dautović, Assistant

4. Dr sci. med Maja Grujičić, Assistant

5. Prof. dr Dragan Koković

Head of the Department

Doc. dr Dušica Rakić

Page 21: Study program details 2015
Page 22: Study program details 2015

7. FIRST AID (StI-PP) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of emergency medicine

NAME OF SUBJECT FIRST AID

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECZSUBJECT

Compulsory

Condition none

Year of

studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

ECTS credits Lectures Pract. Lectures Pract.

first 0 0 0 2 - - 2. 0

Methods of conducting teaching Practical work demonstrations and simulations of sudden injuries and giving first aid. Work on models.

GO

A

L

Basic goals of education are introducing students to principles of initial help to suddenly injured or diseased patients. Application of theoretical knowledge in practice. Learning skills for immediate management of the injured, protecting their life as well as the life of a helper and the

environment.

PU

RP

OSE

Knowledge

Teaching students about forms of sudden disease and getting hurt and ways of management.

Skills Skills of examining and recognizing signs and symptoms that require prompt and immediate reaction.

CO

NT

EN

T O

F T

HE

SU

BJ

EC

T:

Theoretical teaching – methodical units

Practical teaching – methodical units

Practical teaching is done on models and with situation simulations:

1. Examination and triage of the injured 2. Evacuation of the injured

3. Assessment of vital functions and conscience. Maintenance of breathing and securing airways. Bolus obstruction – partial, total.

Procedure algorithms in children and adults. Artificial respiration. . 4. Appropriate position for injured or suddenly diseased patients (side-relaxing, semi-side position, supine, prond, sitting up…).

5. Sudden heart arrest and basic resuscitation methods in adults and children. Application of automatic external defibrillators.

Procedure algorithms for resuscitation in adults and children. 6. Bleeding-methods for stopping internal and external bleeding. Management procedure after traumatic amputation.

7. Open injuries and management

8. Injuries of bone and joint system. Temporary immobilization 9. Injuries of head and spine, chest and stomach. Preventing complications.

10. Injuries caused by heat or electricity

11. Injuries caused by cold. 12. Special injuries, diseases and conditions and care

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory 2. Pavlović A. Prva pomoć, Obeležja, Beograd, 2007.

3. Crveni Krst Srbije: Prva pomoć, Zavod za udžbenike Beograd

Additional 2. Pavlović A. Kardiopulmonalna reanimacija, Obeležja, Beograd, 2007.

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assist. Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

6 1 1

1. Doc dr Vladan Popović 2. Doc dr Ilija Srdanović

3. As dr Snežana Stanisavljević

4. As dr Vesna Pajtić 5. As dr Vladimir Manojlović

6. As dr Srđan Gavrilović

7. As dr Nemanja Gvozdenović

Head of the Department

Doc. dr Vladan Popović

Page 23: Study program details 2015
Page 24: Study program details 2015

8. DENTAL ANATOMY (StI-DANT) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of dentistry

NAME OF SUBJECT DENTAL ANATOMY

STATUS OF THE SUBJECT Compulsory subject

Condition: Anatomy

Year of studies Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week)

No. of tests No. of

seminars

ECTS

credits Lectures Pract. Lectures. Pract.

first 1 2 - - - - 4, 0

Methods of conducting teaching Lectures and Pract.

goa

l

Getting acquainted with the morphology of orofacial complex

PU

RP

O

SE

Knowledge Acquiring knowledge about morphology of skeleton orofacial complex, muscles of this region, teeth lines and morphology of permanent teeth

Skills Drawing and paraffin molding of morphological models of permanent dentition teeth

CO

NT

EN

T O

F S

UB

JE

CT

Theoretical lectures – methodical units

Introduction into morphology. Stomatognathic system. General knowledge about teeth. Definition , classification and function of teeth. Dental formula. Periods of dentition. Chronology of teeth growth. Marking of teeth. Dental nomenclature. Topographic-anatomic marks on

teeth. General oral and dental anatomy. Anatomic parts and structure of teeth.

Nodule-ridge complex and complex of depressions on odculsal tooth surfaces. Class of permanent incisors. Features of the class of incisors. Attributes of the class of upper incisors. Variations of upper incisors. Attributes

of the class of lower incisors. Variations of lower incisors. Attributes of dental arch of incisors.

Class of permanent canines. Attributes of the class of canines. Attributes of upper canines. Variations of upper canines. Attributes of lower canines. Variations of lower canines. Attributes of dental arch of canines.

Class of premolars. Attributes of premolars. Attributes of lower premolars. Attributes of dental arch of premolars.

Class of permanent molars. Attributes of molars. Attributes of upper molars. Variations of upper molars. Attributes of lower molars. Variations of lower molars. Attributes of dental arch of molars.

Primary dentition. Attributes of humane dentition. Attributes of class, type and dental arch of milk incisors, canine and molars.

Anatomy of oral cavity. Supporting tissues of teeth. Odontogenesis. Growth and development of teeth. Occlusal adaptation phase. Characteristic of human dentition. Physiological involution of orofacial system.

Organization of teeth. Shape and position of teeth. Shapes of the surface of teeth, shape and number of root branches, position of teeth in

dental arch. Organization of dental arches. Contact between teeth. Height of teeth. Definition, classification and role of nodule of teeth. External and internal curve of nodules, line of central fossa. Occlusal and orientational

occlusal plane. Occlusal curves. Bucolingual transverse. Relations between dental arches. Occlusion of teeth. Occlusial units. Position of

maximal intercuspation. Occlusial contacts in intercuspal position. Comparative dental anatomy. Lobuses. Philogenesis dentooseal connection. Changing teeth. Theories on teeth genesis and shapes.

Practical teaching – methodical units

Page 25: Study program details 2015

Class of permanent incisors. Introductory lesson:Demonstration of modelling of the teeth crown in wax. Students' exercise: Modelling of tooth

crown in wax.

Class of permanent incisors. Introductory lesson: Demonstration of modelling of the teeth crown in wax. Students' exercise: Modelling of tooth crown in wax.

Class of permanent canine. Introductory lesson: Demonstration of modelling of the teeth crown in wax. Students' exercise:: Modelling of tooth

crown in wax. Class of permanent canine. Introductory lesson: Demonstration of modelling of the teeth crown in wax.

Students' exercise: Modelling of crown of of teeth in wax. .

Class of premolars. Introductory lesson: Demonstration of modelling of the teeth crown in wax. Students' exercise: Modelling of tooth crown in wax.

Class of premolars Introductory lesson: Demonstration of modelling of the teeth crown in wax.

Students' exercise: Modelling of tooth crown in wax. Class of premolars. Introductory lesson: Demonstration of modelling of the teeth crown in wax. Students' exercise: Modelling of tooth crown

in wax.

Class of permanent molars Introductory lesson: Demonstration of modelling of the teeth crown in wax. Students' exercise: Modelling of tooth crown in wax. .

Class of permanent molars. Introductory lesson: Demonstration of modelling of the teeth crown in wax. Students' exercise: Modelling of tooth

crown in wax. Class of permanent molars. Introductory lesson: Demonstration of modeling of the teeth crown in wax. Students' exercise: Modeling of tooth

crown in wax. .

Class of milk canines. Introductory lesson: Demonstration of modeling of the teeth crown in wax. Students' exercise: Modeling of tooth crown in wax

Class of milk molars. Introductory lesson: Demonstration of modeling of the teeth crown in wax. Students' exercise: Modeling of tooth crown

in wax Class of milk molars. Introductory lesson: Demonstration of modeling of the teeth crown in wax. Students' exercise Modeling of tooth crown in

wax Introductory lesson: Anatomy of teeth cavity-demonstrative lesson.

Test.

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory 1. Martinović Željko. Osnovi dentalne morfologija , Službeni glasnik , Beograd, 2000.

Additional

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Colloquium Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

10 20 10 60

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assist. Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

3 1 1 1

1. Prof. dr Dubravka Marković 2. Prof. dr Ljiljana Strajnić

3. Doc. dr Bojana Milekić

4. Asist dr Aleksandra Maletin 5. Asist dr Milica Jeremić Knežević

6. Asist dr Daniela Đurović Koprivica

Head of the Department

Prof. dr Đorđe Petrović

Page 26: Study program details 2015

9. MEDICAL STATISTICS AND INFORMATICS (StI-MS/IF) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of social medicine and health statistics and informatics

NAME OF SUBJECT MEDICAL STATISTICS AND INFORMATICS

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Compulsory

Condition None

Year of

studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

ECTS credits

Lectures Pract. Lectures Pract.

first - - 1 2 - - 3. 0

Methods of conducting teaching Lectures, Pract. , work on computer

GO

A

L

Teaching students to evaluate work using statistical an analytical methods, organizing research to improve their work, exploring literature related to this. The goal of the subject is to introduce students to basis of informatics and using it in medicine.

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge

Basic techniques and methods of health statistics, indicators of vital and demographic statistics.

Solving problems using the computer (the role of the computer, algorithm and computer programs). Basics of hardware and software of computer architecture. Fundamentals of system software (operating system, file management, auxiliary system

programs). Purpose and types of application software. Fundamentals of computer networks and the Internet, and security in

computer networks. Mobile Computing. Hardware of PCs. Computer software programming. Databases and Information Systems.

Skills

The use of statistical techniques, their interpretation, application of statistical-analytical procedures and presenting the results in the

literature.

The role of computers in solving problems by using ready-made software solutions. Use of Internet services. Using office applications for word processing, spreadsheets, computer presentations, and creating simple web-presentations. Simple statistical

analysis of medical data using the cross tabulation method.

CO

NT

EN

T O

F T

HE

SU

BJ

EC

T:

Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1. Introduction to general and health statistics. Ways of data collecting 2. Control of collected data. Grouping and coding of data.

3. Displaying data in tables and graphs.

4. Analysis, absolute and relative numbers 5. Mean values.

6. Measures of variability.

7. Sample and standard mistake. 8. Trend and correlations.

9. Statistic tests.

10. Methodology for monitoring health status of the population. 11. Indicators of health status of the population

12. Number (density) and structure of population

13. Natural movement of population. 14. Mechanical movement of population

15. Morbidity

16. Solving problems by using computers (role of computers, algorithm and software programs) 17. Basic software and hardware architecture.

18. System and application software.

19. Basis of computer nets and the Internet. 20. Application of computers in medicine (processing medical records, information systems in medicine, medical diagnostics, standards in

medical informatics, telemedicine and health)

Page 27: Study program details 2015

Practical teaching – methodical units

1. Registration, polls 2. Displaying data on graphs and in tables

3. Analysis , absolute and relative numbers

4. Mean values 5. Variability

6. Sample and standard error

7. Trend 8. Correlation

9. T-test

10. x2-test 11. indicators of sex and age structure of population

12. natality, fertility, reproduction

13. Indicators of mortality 14. Population growth and vitality index

15. Indicators of morbidity

16. Basic functions of operation system

17. Working with files

18. Using internet services

19. Text editing and processing 20. Cross tabulation

21. Statistical data processing using cross tabulation programs

22. Integration into unique document 23. Making of simple computer presentation

24. Making of simple Web presentation

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory

1. Grujić V, Jakovljević Đ, urednici. Primena statistike u medicinskim istraživanjima. Četvrto izdanje. Udžbenici: 68, Univerzitet u Novom Sadu: Medicinski fakultet, Novi Sad; 2007.

2. Jakovljević Đ, Grujić V, Socijalna medicina. Novi Sad udžbenici: 33, Univerzitet u Novom Sadu,

Medicinski fakultet, 1995.

Additional

1. Milošević Z, Bogdanović D. Statistika i informatika u oblasti medicinskih istraživanja. Niš.

Unoverzitet u Nišu, Medicinski fakultet, 2012.

2. Hadživuković S. Statistički metodi. Novi Sad: Univerzitet u Novom Sadu, Poljoprivredni fakultet,

1991.

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Kolloquium Seminar paper Other Pismeni Oral 100

- 30 - - 70 -

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assist. Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

- 6 8 - 4 1 3 -

1. Prof. dr Vera Grujić

2. Prof. dr Mirjana Martinov Cvejin

3. Prof. dr Eržebet Ač Nikolić 4. Prof. dr Zora Konjović

5. Doc. dr Svetlana Kvrgić

6. Doc. dr Vesna Mijatović Jovanović 7. Doc. dr Snežana Ukropina

8. Doc. dr Olja Nićiforović Šurković

9. Asist. dr Sonja Šušnjević

10. Asist. mr Nataša Dragnić 11. Asist. dr Dušan Čanković

12. Asist. dr Sanja Harhaji

13. Asist. dr Sonja Čanković 14. Asist. dr Ivana Radić

Head of the Department Prof. dr Mirjana Martinov Cvejin

Page 28: Study program details 2015

10. GNATHOLOGY (StII-GNTO) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of dentistry

NAME OF SUBJECT GNATHOLOGY

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Compulsory

Condition Dental anatomy

Year of

studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

ECTS credits

Lectures Pract. Lectures. Pract.

second 0 0 2 3 1 1 6, 0

Methods of teaching theoretical and practical

GOAL Introduction to basic gnathological terms, role of gnathology in dentistry and adoption of basic gnathological

principles.

GO

AL

Knowledge Morphology of craniofacial, physiology and craniofacial systems, transmitting the basic parameters of the patients in the

environment. Diagnosis and therapy of craniomandibular dysfunctions

Skills Working with the articulator and facial bow, modeling according to Peter Thomas

CO

NT

EN

T O

F T

HE

SU

BJ

EC

T:

Theoretical teaching – methodical units

Introduction to gnathology

Craniomandibular connection - anatomical specificities Craniomandibular connection - functional specificities

Muscles of the OFS, functional specificity of masticatory muscle

Physiological regulation of jaw movements Central regulation of jaw movements

Anatomical determinants of jaw movements; back (hinged) guidance

Lowe jaw movement Reference positions of the lower jaw

Characteristic of physiologically optimal occlusion

Characteristics of nonphysiological occlusion Articulators

Simulation of eccentric motion of the lower jaw in adjustable articulators

Functional analysis orofacial complex; importance, methods, scope of analysis Evaluation of occlusion complex status

Analysis of inter jaw relationships

Symptoms and signs nonphysiological occlusion Occlusal therapy

Irreversible occlusal therapy

Irreversible occlusal therapy - selective grinding Etiology, pathology and therapy of tooth abrasion.

Irreversible occlusal therapy - restoration of occlusion using fillings, fixed and mobile replacement. Therapy of patients with malocclusion

Practical teaching – methodical units

Craniomandibular joint connection, movement of the lower jaw;

Articulators types, parts, work with the mid-range articulator

Portable facial bow, demonstrations The mid-point of the lower jaw, finding and registering

Semi adjustable articulators-positional registry, registration of the position. Analysis of the occlusion on models and in the articulator

Analysis of tooth contact relationships in the prepared patient models Modeling of the occlusal relief according to P. K. Thomas in the upper lateral teeth

Modeling of the occlusal relief according to P. K. Thomas in the lower lateral teeth

Functional analysis of the orofacial complex; Evaluation of occlusal state complex

Occlusal trauma

Irreversible occlusal therapy, creation of Michigan splint

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory 1. Darinka Stanišić Sinobad, Osnovi gnatologije, Univerzitet u Beogradu 2001

Additional 1. Darinka Stanišić Sinobad, Slobodan Dodić Osnovi gnatologije – Praktikum, Univerzitet u Beogradu

2003

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Colloquium Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

15 30 10 5 - 40

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assist. Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

3 2 1 1

Page 29: Study program details 2015

1. Prof dr Dubravka Marković

2. Prof. dr Ljiljana Strajnić

3. Doc. dr Branislava Petronijević 4. Doc. dr Bojana Milekić

5. Asist. dr Milica Jeremić Knežević

6. Asist dr Daniela Đurović Koprivica 7. Asist dr Aleksandra Maletin

Head of the Department Prof. dr Đorđe Petrović

Page 30: Study program details 2015

11. PHYSIOLOGY (StII-FIZO) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of physiology

NAME OF SUBJECT PHYSIOLOGY

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Compulsory

Condition none

Year of

studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

ECTS credits

Lectures Pract. Lectures. Pract.

second 3 2 3 2 0 1 10

Methods of conducting teaching Lectures. Practical work.

GO

A

L

The main objectives of education in physiology are to introduce students to the basic functioning of organs and organ systems and their forms of

organization in complex functional systems.

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge

Introducing students to the basic mechanisms of various organ systems and complex regulatory mechanisms of homeostatic

parameters into functional systems. Introduction to the complex nervous and humoral regulatory mechanisms of various functional systems.

Skills

Students should master the general principles and rules of laboratory work. Students should become familiar with basic laboratory

procedures and to acquire skills for performing daily laboratory tests. Students should gain insight into the work on animal models and with animal tissue used as a demonstration of some physiological phenomena. Student should be thoroughly acquainted with

the manner of sampling and preparing blood and urine, and basic methods of laboratory analysis of blood and urine, which are

used in everyday practice (sedimentation, hematocrit, erythrocyte count, leukocyte count, differential blood count, bleeding and coagulation time, the general features and chemical composition of urine). Students should master the basic

electrophysiological methods (ECG, EEG, EMNG, EP), to gain experience of registration and to recognize the basic

parameters registered. Student should be able to independently determine the arterial blood pressure and perform auscultation of the heart, to determine the respiratory volumes and capacities.

CONTENT OF THE SUBJECT:: Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1. INTRODUCTION IN PHYSIOLOGY: Functional organization of the human body and control of "internal environment". The cells of the body as living units and their functions. Homeostatic mechanisms of major functional systems.

2. BREATHING: Properties of gases. Ventilation. Volume and lung capacity. Physiological characteristics of the pulmonary circulation. Transport

of gases to the cells. The main and auxiliary respiratory muscles. Intrapleural pressure. Regulation of breathing. Types of breathing. Breathing in terms of decreased and increased atmospheric pressure.

3. BLOOD: General characteristics of blood. Blood plasma. Erythrocytes. Leukocytes. Immunity and immune bodies. Platelets. Blood coagulation

and hemostasis. Blood groups. Transfusion and transplantation. 4. BLOODSTREAM AND LYMPH: Functional division of the circulatory system. Morpho-functional characteristics of heart muscle. Hemodynamic

of the heart. The system of the heart. Registration and analysis of the electrocardiogram. Mechanical heart rate and its efficiency. Regulation of

cardiac muscle. Circulation. Exchange at the capillaries. Peripheral circulation. Pulse: definition, types and characteristics. Blood flow in veins. Lymph. Neurohumoral mechanisms of regulation of vascular tone.

5. DIGESTION, RESORPTION: Definition of digestion. Basic functions of the digestive tract. Digestion in the oral cavity. Saliva, regulation of

secretion. Vomiting. Speech. Digestion in the stomach. Digestion in the small intestine. The role of the pancreas in digestion. Bile. Digestion in the colon. Act defecation.

6. TURNOVER MATTER AND ENERGY: the role of building and energy nutrients. Minerals and vitamins. Methods of studying the energy market.

Respiratory quotient. Basal metabolism. Energy operations in the load. Assembling nutritive daily meals. 7. THERMOREGULATION: Mechanisms of maintenance of continuous protection of internal body temperature. Physical and chemical

thermoregulation. Physiological basis of hypo and hyperthermia.

8. EXCRETION: renal physiology. Ultrastructure of the nephron. Legality of the process of filtration, secretion and reabsorption in the kidneys. The amount of the composition and properties of urine. Participation of the kidneys in maintaining homeostasis. Regulation of the kidney.

Mechanisms of excretion of urine.

9. IRRITABLE TISSUES: Membrane potential. Action potential. Laws irritation. Accommodation. Polar’s Law of stimulation. Electro tonus. Polarization current.

10. ANALYZERS: Analyzer. Receptors. Analyzer vision. Lenses and ophthalmoscopy and auxiliary apparatus of the eye. Analyzer for the hearing.

Vestibular system. Muscle - joint reception. Tactile and thermal reception. Visceroreception. Reception of smell and taste. Reception pain. 11. MUSCLES: Nervous - muscle synapse. Mediators and the basic mechanisms synaptic transfer. Distribution of muscle. Morpho-physiological

characteristics ofmuscles. Muscle contraction. Motor units. Tonus and thermo genesis. Work, power and muscle fatigue. Smooth muscles.

12. VEGETATIVE NERVOUS SYSTEM: sympathetic and parasympaticus centers: structure, classification, vegetative ganglia and their function, the specific mediators, Division of vegetative reflexes and the importance of dual innervations bodies.

13. ENDOCRINOLOGY General characteristics of hormones and test methods of endocrine glands, thyroid gland. Paratireoid 14. glands. Pancreas. Adrenal gland. Female and male sex gland. . Pituitary: hormones, function and regulation of secretion. Hypothalamic-

pituitary complex. Other bodies with endocrine significance: thymus, epiphysis, spleen and kidney, tissue hormones.

15. PHYSIOLOGY OF THE CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM: neurons. Division of synapse in the CNS. Neuromediators. Nerve center. Inhibition in the CNS. Spinal cord. Medulla oblongata and Pons. Reflex function. Functional significance of the transfer of roads in the extended cord. Mid-

brain. Brainstem reticular formation. Cerebellum. Hypothalamus. Limbic brain structures. Crust of a large brain. Basal ganglia. Reflexes.

Sleep . Types of nervous system . . Learning and memory. Consciousness.

Page 31: Study program details 2015

Practical teaching – methodical units

1. Irritable tissues (rheobase, chronaxie, effective performance time, anelectrotonus, catelectrotonus, polarization stream, Pflieger laws)

2. Muscles (simple and complex muscle contraction, summation, the impact strength of stimulating the size of contraction, maximal muscle

contraction at different loads, ergography, the influence of temperature on fatigue and muscle contraction) 3. Breathing (model ribs, Donders model, spirometry, spirography, pneumography, Forced expyrogram, the composition of air)

4. Digestion (digestion in the mouth, digestion in the stomach)

5. The heart and circulation (control of heart rate, ECG, blood pressure, heart auscultation, polycardiography, capillary blood) 6. Blood (plasma buffer, sedimentation, hematocrit, hemolysis, No. of erythrocyte, No. of leukocytes, differential blood count, bleeding time

and coagulation time)

7. Excretion (urine general characteristics, chemical composition of urine, urine sediment) 8. Analyzers (testing the senses of sight, hearing and balance, testing superficial and deep sensibility)

9. CNS (spinal reflexes decapitated frog, spinal shock, reflex port testing, clinical testing of important reflexes, EEG, neural activity, EMNG,

EP, reaction time)

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory 1. A. C. Guyton. Medicinska fiziologija

2. Đ. Sterio i sar. Praktikum iz fiziologije

Additional

1. V. Ivetić. Test pitanja iz fiziologije

2. A. Despopulos, S. Silbernagl. Fiziološki atlas u boji 3. V. M. Mujović. Medicinska fiziologija

4. K. V. Sudakov. Fiziologija – osnovi i funkcionalni sistemi

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

15 15 0 5 0 15 50

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assist. Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

1 1 4 1 4

1. Prof. dr Nikola Grujić

2. Prof. dr Vesna Ivetić 3. Prof. dr Danka Filipović

4. Prof. dr Nada Naumović

5. Prof. dr Damir Lukač

6. Doc. dr Miodrag Drapšin 7. Doc. dr Oto Barak

8. Doc. dr Dea Karaba Jakovljević

9. Doc. dr Jelena Popadić Gaćeša 10. Asist. dr Aleksandar Klašnja

11. Dr Vedrana Karan, saradnik

Head of the Department

Prof. dr Danka Filipović

Page 32: Study program details 2015

12. DENTAL PROSTHETICS- PRECLINICAL (StII-STPRP) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of dentistry

NAME OF SUBJECT DENTAL PROSTHETIC - PRECLINICAL

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Compulsory

Condition Dental anatomy, gnathology (exam)

Year of

studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

ECTS credits

Lectures Pract. Lectures. Pract.

second 2 3 2 3 2 - 11. 0

Methods of conducting teaching Lectures + Pract.

GO

A

L

Acquiring knowledge about the types and manner of making dentures.

PU

RPOSE

Knowledge Student needs to know type of prosthesis, their purpose and manner of placement.

Skills Students should know how to take print, how to produce and dentures.

CONTENT OF THE SUBJECT:: Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1. Anatomical imprint.

2. Functional imprint. 3. Obtaining of working model.

4. Making bite imprints.

5. Determining the position of teeth in patients with toothless jaw relationship. 6. Determining the position of lateral teeth in patients with toothless jaw relationship.

7. Preliminary positioning of artificial teeth.

8. Definitive tooth positioning. The final procedures in the preparation of complete dentures. 9. Restoring, corrections and relining of complete dentures,

10. Immediate total denture.

11. Supradental total dentures. 12. Total denture - bases reinforced with metal skeleton.

13. General terms about toothless jaw.

14. Forms of partial dentures. Parts of a partial plate denture. 15. Retention, stabilization, transfer of occlusal loads, and guidance of partial plate denture.

16. Construction of partial plate denture in the laboratory. Partial skeleton dentures. Parts of the partial skeleton denture.

17. Retention, stabilization, transfer of occlusal loads and guidance of partial skeleton denture. 18. Application of the parallelometer in the planning and construction of partial dentures.

19. Connecting elements of partial skeleton denture.

20. Construction of partial skeleton dentures in the laboratory. 21. Definition, goal and tasks of dental prosthetics.

22. Study models of individual molding spoons.

23. Conditions that define rational preparation. 24. Preparation of teeth for cast crowns (basic principles). Faceted tooth preparation for facet crowns (basic principles). Tooth preparation

for ceramic replacement (basic principles).

25. Making working models for fixed compensation. 26. Making of full cast crowns.

27. Root canal preparation.

28. Preparation of fixed cast restorations. Preparation of fixed compensation model for inlay into heat resistant mass . 29. Preparation of ceramics restorations. Construction of metal-ceramic restorations.

30. Making the front and side bridges. 31. Application of parallelometer in making fixed restorations

Practical teaching – methodical units

1. Anatomical imprint. 2. Individual spoon.

3. Functional imprint.

4. Bite imprints. 5. Setting the facial bow on the mannequin. Transferring models into the articulator.

6. Lining the front teeth. Lining of lateral teeth.

7. Modeling external denture surface. Finishing wax models of dentures. 8. Cuvetting and polymerization and processing of finished dentures.

9. Film – stages in creating partial plate denture.

10. Making bite template. Making wire hooks. Teeth position. 11. Study model. Parallelometar. Analysis of study models in parallelometer and articulator.

12. Transferring the design of the skeleton denture from the study model to the basic model.

13. Preparation of the basic model, doubling and creation of heat resistant model. 14. Waxing of heat resistant model. Creating of wax models of partial skeleton denture (I Kennedy, Kennedy II).

15. Creating wax model of partial skeleton denture. Setting of casting channel.

Page 33: Study program details 2015

16. Principles of preparation. Demonstrating student work: teeth preparation for cast crown

17. Preparation of teeth for faceted crown (demarcation of the preparation of half-channel and steps).

18. Preparation of teeth for ceramic crown. (demarcation of the preparation of step form with rounded internal angle, marked half-channel and step).

19. Protection of ground teeth.

20. Root canal preparation. 21. Making wax model of cast replacement and creation of cast models in acrylate.

22. Taking imprints of ground teeth. Making models. Preparation of the working stump.

23. Modeling of cast crowns on molars. Modeling faceted crown on premolar. Modeling of faceted bridge. 24. Modeling caps for metal ceramic crown and metal ceramic crown with ceramic edge.

25. Modeling the skeleton of the front metal ceramic bridge in wax.

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory 1. Stomatološka protetika-pretklinika, Dobrivoje Trifunović i saradnici, Zavod za udžbenike i nastavna

sredsta, Beograd 2001.

Additional

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Colloquium Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

10 30 30 30

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assist. Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

3 2 1

1. Prof. dr Ljubiša Džambas

2. Doc dr Tatjana Puškar

3. Doc. dr Bojana Milekić 4. Asist dr Aleksandra Maletin

5. Asist dr Danijela Đurović 6. Asist. dr Milica Jeremić-Knežević

Head of the Department

Prof. dr Đorđe Petrović

Page 34: Study program details 2015

13. OPERATIVE DENTISTRY – PRECLINICAL (StII-BUSP) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of dentistry

NAME OF SUBJECT OPERATIVE DENTISTRY - PRECLINICAL

STATUS OF THE SUBJECT Compulsory

Condition Dental anatomy

Year of studies Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week)

No. of tests No. of seminars

ECTS credits

Lectures Pract. Lectures. Pract.

second 1 2 1 3 2 8, 0

Methods of teaching Theoretical and practical

GO

A

L

Acquisition of basic knowledge and skills related to Dental Pathology of dental hard tissue, diagnostic and therapeutic procedures for restoration of

dental crown.

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge

Biology of pulpo-dentine complex and its reaction to diverse stimuli. Etiopathogenesis of caries, diagnosis and classification of

carious lesions, principles Cavity preparation, principles of restoration of dental crowns, materials for temporary and final

reconstruction of dental crowns and accompanying instruments to work. With the knowledge of the materials for temporary and final reconstruction of the tooth crown as well as information on safety and hormonal substrates

Skills

1. Conquering the way to access patient and techniques

2. Mastering the practical application of hand and mechanical instruments 3. Mastering the skills Cavity preparation

4. Conquering the principles of dental crown reconstruction with adequate instruments for

5. Adoption of the method of preparation and application of materials for temporary and definitive closure Cavity and application of protective and medicamentous basis.

CO

NT

EN

T O

F T

HE

SU

BJ

EC

T:

Theoretical teaching – methodical units

Biology of the pulp - dentin complex ( composition and morphology of enamel , dentin and cement structure the pulp

The reaction of pulp and dentin in preparation and restorative materials. Dental plaque

Dental caries ( etiology , pathogenesis , histopathology of caries of enamel , dentin and cement . Classification of cavities. Deep cavities. Macroscopic appearance of carious lesions , diagnosis, prevention and therapy selection procedures. Predilection caries and

caries of immune

Non-carious disorder of hard tooth tissue (abrasion , attrition , erosion, bruxism , tooth fracture )

Dental records , preparation for restorative surgery ( dry working field ) . Equipment and instruments in restorative procedure transparency Clinical techniques for caries removal. Matrix. Polishing of direct restorations. separation of teeth

Application of basic Black’s principles in restorative dentistry. Cavity preparation for amalgam restorations (I, II , MOD , V).

Cavity preparation for restorative esthetic fillings ( I - V) classes

Cavity preparation for the meet and indirect composite veneers

Materials for temporary cavity closure

Materials for lining and protection of the pulp - dentin complex

Adhesive in restorative dentistry

Glass ionomere cements

Composite materials

Amalgams

Page 35: Study program details 2015

Practical teaching – methodical units

Introduction to the topics and methodology of exercises

Histomorphological structure of dental tissues , enamel caries , dentin and cement

Working place , dental chairs , handpieces , instruments of labor, drilling bits

Position of the therapist during work , direct and indirect labor

Dry working field

Black’s principles and deviation from Black’s principles

Preparation of class I cavity on the occlusal surface of the premolars

Preparation of class I cavity on the occlusal surface of the molars

Preparation of class I cavity on the - foramen coecum, foramen molare

Preparation of class II cavities – classic for amalgam, slot, tunnel

Preparation of MOD cavities in teeth with vital pulp

MOD cavity preparation in endodontically treated teeth

Preparation of class III cavity

Preparation of class IV cavity

Preparation of class V cavity

Cavity preparation for indirect restoration and facets

Instrumentation for setting temporary and definitive restorations , matrices, polishers ,

Materials for temporary closure - theory and installation

Protective and medicamentous bases - theory and installation

Glass ionomer cements - theory and installation

Setting of single-surface composite restorations . Definitive finishing of fillings

Setting two or multi- surface composite restorations . Definitive finishing of fillings.

Setting of composite restorations in anterior teeth

Of composite sandwich filling technique

Setting of single-surface amalgam fillings

Setting two or multi- surface amalgam fillings . Definitive finishing of amalgam fillings

Setting MOD amalgam fillings on endodontically treated tooth. Definitive finishing of the fillings

Practicing the acquired skills

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory

1. Živković S, Vujašković M, Pap K, Grga Đ, Lukić A, Teodorović N. Osnovi restaurativne

stomatologije, Datastatus, Beograd, 2009

2. Sturdevant's art and science of operative dentistry Theodore M. Roberson, Harald Heymann, Clifford M. Sturdevant, Edward J. Swift; Mosby, 2006

Additional 1. Stamenković D, Obradović – Đuričić K, Beloica D, Leković V, Ivanović V, Pavlović G. Stomatološki

materijali. Zavod za izdavanje udžbenika i nastavnih sredstava 2003

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

10 44 6h2 4 0 0 30

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assist. Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

1 5 0 0 2 2 0

1. prof dr Ljubomir Petrović

2. prof dr sci Larisa Blažić 3. Doc dr Tatjana Brkanić

4. Doc dr Ivana Stojšin

5. Doc. dr sci Igor Stojanac

6. Doc. dr sci Milan Drobac

7. Asist. dr Bojana Ramić

8. Asist. dr Karolina Vukoje 9. Asist. dr Ivana Kantardžić

10. Student doktorskih studija Tijana Lainović

11. Student doktorskih studija Tanja Vukadinov

Head of the Department

Prof. dr Đorđe Petrović

Page 36: Study program details 2015

14. ENGLISH LANGUAGE II (StII-STJE) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of general subjects

NAME OF SUBJECT ENGLISH LANGUAGE II

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Compulsory

Condition none

Year of

studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

ECTS credits

Lectures Pract. Lectures. Pract.

second 2 0 0 0 0 2, 0

Methods of conducting teaching Pract. : Conversation, grammar and lexicon training through tests and oral, visual and auditory methods, group

and individual work; dramatization, demonstrations.

GO

A

L

The main objectives of education in the English language are to introduce students to the importance of knowing one of the world's languages in

order to communication, access to multiple data No. of seminars and presentations in the field of professional topics. Mastering the skills for practical application of acquired knowledge into practice. Development of critical thinking and skills for scientific research.

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge

Introducing students to the terms of the English language in everyday usage, grammar, language structures, culture and tradition of English-speaking. Presentation of the difference between the everyday and professional (medical) English: differences in

terminology used by a dentist and his patient, and differences in spoken and written expression. Grammar and lexicon.

Skills

Application of knowledge outside the profession and in the profession. Mastering communication skills when it comes to everyday needs and general culture. The ability of professional literature with translation in English. Finding your way in the

professional literature and the ability of the presentation of professional knowledge, both orally and in writing.

CONTENT OF THE SUBJECT:: Theoretical teaching – methodical units

Introduction

1. Introduction to the course, methodology and teaching principles

Content

2. The challenge of Prevention – text processing, lexica and grammar exercises, argumentation, discussion

3. Methods of prevention – text processing, lexica and grammar exercises, argumentation, discussion

4. Healthy Eating – text processing, lexica and grammar exercises, argumentation, discussion 5. Stress – text processing, lexica and grammar exercises, argumentation, discussion

6. Relaxation – text processing, lexica and grammar exercises, argumentation, discussion

7. Dangers of Smoking – text processing, lexical and grammar exercises, argumentation, discussion 8. Lung Cancer – text processing, lexical and grammar exercises, argumentation, discussion

9. Investigating Heart Attacks – text processing, lexical and grammar exercises, argumentation, discussion

10. Cholesterol – text processing, lexical and grammar exercises, argumentation, discussion 11. Heart Transplantation – text processing, lexical and grammar exercises, argumentation, discussion

12. Diabetes – text processing, lexical and grammar exercises, argumentation, discussion

13. Measles – text processing, lexical and grammar exercises, argumentation, discussion

Grammar overview

1. Past tenses – an overview of most frequently used past tenses/ focus on the use of past tenses

2. Present tenses – an overview of most frequently used present tenses/ focus on the use of present tenses 3. Future tenses – an overview of most frequently used future tenses/ focus on the use of future tenses

4. Passive voice– structure and use, comparing the passive voice in the mother tongue and English

5. Indirect speech - structure and use, declarative and interrogative sentences 6. Conditional sentences – structure and use, three types of conditional sentences

Topics for discussion

1. Student life – personal experiences, exchange of experiences, expectations and plans, future 2. Experiences with diseases/treatment – exchange of experiences, doctor/patient relationship, considering both aspects

3. Future – personal and general both on personal and professional level

4. Professional plans – specialization, possibilities for further development and promotion, professional improvement 5. Medicine today and tomorrow – personal perception of the profession, scientific issues

Practical teaching – methodical units

RECOMMANDED

READING Compulsory

1. Arneri-Georgijev, Jelisaveta: English for Doctors and Medical Students, Naučna knjiga, Beograd,

1990. 2. Arneri-Georgijev, Jelisaveta: More Medical Words You Need, Savremena administracija, Beograd,

2004.

3. Dragović, Radmila: Engleski za zdravstvene radnike, Naučna knjiga, Beograd, 1994. 4. Marošan, Zoran: English for Medical Students, Ortomedics, Novi Sad, 2008.

5. Momčinović, Vesna; Tanay, Vlasta; Žurić-Havelka, Srebrenka: Medical English, Medicinski fakultet

Sveučilišta u Zagrebu, Zagreb 1988.

Page 37: Study program details 2015

Additional

1. Murphy, Raymond: English Grammar in Use, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1988.

2. McCarthy, Michael; O’Dell, Felicity: English Vocabulary in Use, Cambridge University Press,

Cambridge, 1996. 3. Kostić, dr Aleksandar: Medicinski rečnik, Prosveta, Beograd, 1975.

4. Hornby, A. S. : Oxford Advanced Learner’s Dictionary of Current English, Oxford: Oxford University

Press 5. MacLean , Joan: English in Basic Medical Science, Oxford University Press, 1980.

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

30 0 0 0 20 50

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

- - 2 - - - - -

1. Zoran Marošan, Lecturer

2. Vuk Marković, Lecturer

Head of the Department

Doc. dr. Dušica Rakić

Page 38: Study program details 2015

15. GENERAL AND ORAL PATHOLOGY (StII-MB/HE) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of pathology

NAME OF SUBJECT GENERAL AND ORAL PATHOLOGY

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Compulsory

Condition Anatomy, dental anatomy, histology and embryology

Year of

studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

ECTS credits

Lectures Pract. Lectures Pract.

second 4 2 - - 2 - 6, 0

Methods of conducting teaching

GO

AL

The aim of teaching the subject General pathology is to give the student knowledge about the mechanisms of damage, the cell tissues and organs

and acquaint him with the morphological changes that are surface diseases. The task of training is teaching students to recognize the morphological changes in cells, tissues and organs of the adoption of the Knowledge of theoretical lectures, and the acquisition of his

experiences microscopy and analysis of microscopic preparations.

Acquired Knowledge and Skills of General Pathology should provide easier learning oral pathology, a better understanding of the causes and mechanism of disease of mouth and facilitate learning the functional consequences of morphological changes.

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge

A student must learn the etiology and structural changes in the basic pathological processes such as metabolic disorders of water,

fat, protein, inflammation, neoplasm, to overcome the pathology of the oral cavity is a very complex structure of the anatomical

and physiological characteristics. Pathological processes in the oral cavity are very diverse and very important - of basic importance for doctors dentists: 1 Changes in

the oral cavity as a manifestation of general and dermatological diseases;

2. Inflammation; 3. Precancerous conditions and changes in the lining of mouth; 4. Tumors, 5. Disorders of teeth and jaws 6. Pathology of salivary glands.

Skills

Conquering the interpretation pathohistological preparation by the student will be qualified to 1. at the level of light microscopy

register changes that do not correspond to preserved cell and tissue. different material normal tissues and organs of the process and pathological conditions in tissues and organs, 2 material to describe the normal tissues and organs, 3 to describe the morphological

substrate of the disease, 4 to set and write in Latin diagnosis, 5 state the differential diagnosis.

CO

NT

EN

T O

F T

HE

SU

BJ

EC

T:

Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1. Cell damage and death,

2. Morphological changes of cell damage and death,

3. Disorders of blood circulation and lymph, 4. Disorders of growth and differentiation of cells,

5. Inflammation,

6. Tumor Pathology, 7. Pathology of the oral cavity,

8. Pathology of teeth and jaws,

9. Diseases of the periodontium, 10. Connective-tissue hyperplasia of oral mucosa,

11. Pathology of salivary glands.

Practical teaching – methodical units

1. Histopathology analysis and interpretation of products that illustrate the above theoretical methodical units: necrosis, disorders of metabolism of water, fat, protein, inflammation, tumors, most mouth disease

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory

1. Budakov Pavle: Patologija, Univerzitet u Novom Sadu, Medicinski fakultet, Novi Sad, 2012

2. Klem I. , Knežević-Ušaj Slavica: Praktikum patohistološke histologije za studente stomatologije sa CD, Medicinski fakultet Novi Sad, 2009

Additional

Ivan Damjanov, Marin Nola, Stanko Jukić. PATOLOGIJA, Prvo srpsko izdanje, Medicinska naklada ,

Zagreb (prevod na srpski jezik), 2009. Redaktor: Eri Ž. Prevodioci: Eri Ž, Knežević-Ušaj S, Klem I,

Panjković M. .

Page 39: Study program details 2015

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Pismeni Oral 100

5 10 20+20 - - - 45

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

8 3 2 3

1. Prof. dr Živka Eri

2. Prof. dr Nada Vučković 3. Prof. dr Zdravko Kosjerina

4. Prof dr Dejan Vučković

5. Prof. dr Slavica Knežević Ušaj 6. Doc. dr Milana Panjković

7. Doc. dr Tatjana Ivković Kapicl 8. Doc. dr Sandra Trivunić

9. As. dr Zoran Nikin

10. As. dr Mirjana Živojinov 11. As. dr Aleksandra Lovrenski

12. As. dr Dragana Tegeltija

13. As. dr Snežana Božanić 14. As. dr Nened Šolajić

15. As. dr Miljan Milić

16. As. dr Golub Samardžija

Head of the Department

Prof. dr Slavica Knežević-Ušaj

Page 40: Study program details 2015

16. PHYSIOPATGHOLOGY (StII-PFIZ) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of pathological physiology

NAME OF SUBJECT PHYSIOPATHOLOGY

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Compulsory

Condition Biochemistry, Physiology I Physiology II (Exam)

Year of

studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

ECTS credits

Lectures Pract. Lectures Pract.

Second - - 4 2 2 - 6

Methods of conducting teaching Theoretical Lectures, Laboratory Pract. , Test

GO

A

L

Training students for understanding the etiology and pathogenesis of diseases and disorders for understanding the origin and functions of body

organ systems.

PU

RP

OSE

Knowledge Acquiring knowledge about the etiologic factors and pathogenesis of the disease occurrence in humans. General laws disorders

function in diseases, disorders of the special in individual organs and organ systems.

Skills Students should be familiar with the basic principles of performance and how the interpretation of laboratory biochemical,

hematological, and other imunometrical analysis and functional testing.

CO

NT

EN

T O

F T

HE

SU

BJ

EC

T:

Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1. Introduction to Pathophysiology

2. Etiologic factors of disease 3. Nonspecific and specific defense. Fever

4. Inflammation

5. Disorders of protein metabolism – part 1. 6. Disorders of protein metabolism – part 2.

7. Disorders of carbohydrate metabolism – part 1.

8. Disorders of carbohydrate metabolism– part 2. 9. Disorders of lipid metabolism and atherosclerosis

10. Disorders of metabolism of water and electrolytes – part

1. 11. Disorders of metabolism of water and electrolytes– part

2.

12. Eating disorders-obesity and malnutrition 13. Disorders of calcium and phosphorus metabolism

14. Parathyroid gland disorders

15. Disorders of pituitary and gonad axis 16. Disorders of the adrenal axis

17. Disorders of thyroid gland. General adaptation

syndrome 18. Chemical factors in the disease

19. Disorders of metabolism of vitamins and enzymes

20. Disorders of white blood lineage – part 1. 21. Disorders of white blood lineage – part 2.

22. Disorders of Haemostasis– part 1.

23. Disorders of Haemostasis – part 2. 24. Disorders of red blood lineage – part 1.

25. Disorders of red blood lineage – part 2.

26. The effect of heat on the body 27. The effect of changes in air pressure on the body

28. The effect of cold on the body

29. Effect of mechanical factors, electrical. current and electromagnet. rays.

30. Effects of ionizing radiation on human body

31. Pathophysiology of the respiratory system – part 1. 32. Pathophysiology of the respiratory system – part 2.

33. Pathophysiology of the respiratory system – part 3.

34. Pathophysiology of nervous system 35. Pathophysiology of the digestive tract – part 1.

36. Pathophysiology of the digestive tract – part 2.

37. Pathophysiology of the cardiovascular system – part 1. 38. Pathophysiology of the cardiovascular system – part 2.

39. Pathophysiology of the cardiovascular system – part 3.

40. Pathophysiology of the cardiovascular system – part 4. 41. Pathophysiology of the digestive tract – part 1.

42. Pathophysiology of the digestive tract – part 2.

43. Pathophysiological changes in liver function – part 1. 44. Pathophysiological changes in liver function – part 2.

45. Malignant neoplasia as etiological factor in diseases

46. Pathophysiology of nervous system-pain, headache, disorders. transmission

47. Pathophysiology of the uropoietic system – part 1.

48. Pathophysiology of the uropoietic system – part 2. 49. Pathophysiology of the uropoietic system – part 3.

50. Pathophysiology of the uropoietic system – part 4.

51. Immune disorders as etiological factor of disease – part 1.

52. Immune disorders as etiological factor of disease – part

2. 53. Acid/base balance disorders – part 1.

54. Acid/base balance disorders – part 2.

55. Disorders of bone metabolism 56. Pathophysiology of the locomotor system

57. Pathophysiology of dental diseases– part 1.

58. Pathophysiology of dental diseases– part 2. 59. Pathophysiology of dental diseases– part 3.

60. Pathophysiology of dental diseases– part 4.

Practical teaching – methodical units

1. The basic functional testing of inflammation

2. The basic functional testing metabolic protein

3. Functional testing of the basic disorder of carbohydrate metabolism 4. Functional testing of primary disorders of lipid metabolism

5. Functional testing of the basic disorders of calcium metabolism and

bone phosphorus 6. Functional testing of the thyroid gland

7. The basic functional testing of white blood lineage

8. Functional testing hemorrhagic syndrome

9. Functional testing hemostasis system in thrombosis

10. Functional testing of red blood lineage 11. Functional testing of the cardiovascular system

12. The basic functional testing of liver

13. The basic functional test. Digestive tract (stomach and pancreas) 14. The basic functional testing of the respiratory system

15. The basic functional testing of uropoietic system

Page 41: Study program details 2015

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory

1. Stošić Z. , Borota R. eds. Osnovi kliničke patofiziologije, Medicinski fakultet Novi Sad, 2012.

2. Dujmović F. , Stošić Z. i Đerić M. eds. Praktikum iz patološke fiziologije, Medicinski fakultet

Novi Sad, 2012.

Additional

3. Živančević-Simonović S: Opšta patološka fiziologija, Medicinski fakultet Kragujevac 2002.

4. Kulauzov M. : Patološka fiziologija 1. deo Medicinski fakultet Novi Sad, 2004.

5. Kulauzov M. : Specijalna patološka fiziologija, Ortomediks, 2011. Novi Sad 6. Beleslin B. , Jovanović B. , Nedeljkov V. , eds. Opšta patološka fiziologija, Data status,

Beograd 2007.

7. Beleslin B. , Protić S. , Đorđević-Denić G. eds. Specijalna patološka fiziologija, Data status, Beograd, 2008.

8. Gamulin S. : Patofiziologija, Medicinska naklada Zagreb 2012.

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Pismeni Oral 100

15 15 5 - - 15 45

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

0 9 - - 3 - 3 0

1. Prof. dr Ferenc Dujmović

2. Prof. dr Zoran Stošić 3. Prof. dr Mirjana Đerić

4. Doc. dr Nikola Ćurić

5. Doc. dr Gorana Mitić 6. Doc. dr Velibor Čabarkapa

7. As. mr sc dr Radmila Žeravica

8. As. mr sc Branislava Ilinčić 9. As. mr sc dr Sunčica Kojić-Damjanov

10. As. mr sc dr Biljana Vučković

11. Ac. mr sc dr Ana Jakovljević 12. As. mr sc Nevena Eremić

13. As. dr Romana Mijović

14. As. dr Veljko Crnobrnja 15. As. dr Stanislava Nikolić

Head of the Department

Prof. dr Zoran Stošić

Page 42: Study program details 2015

17. MICROBIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY (StII-MI/I) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of microbiology with parasitology and immunology

NAME OF SUBJECT MICROBIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Compulsory

C Condition Biochemistry

Year of studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week)

No. of tests

No. of

seminars

ECTS credits Lectures Pract. Lectures Pract.

second 4 2 0 0 2 2 6, 0

Methods of conducting teaching Tests, theoretical and practical exams

GOAL To achieve a comprehensive understanding of the facts in the field of study in order to connect and apply the

theory and practice

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge

Theoretical preparation for the diagnosis and differential diagnosis

Skills

Preparing for work in practice, the choice of appropriate methods and their interpretation

CO

NT

EN

T O

F T

HE

SU

BJ

EC

T:

Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1. Background. Subject and objective study of microbiology. Classification and nomenclature of bacteria. The shape and size of bacteria. 2. Functional structure of the bacterial cell. Metabolism of bacteria 3rd Multiplication of bacteria. Genetics of bacterial 4th Antimicrobial agents

(antibiotics and chemotherapeutics). Mechanisms of bacterial resistance to antimicrobial drugs 5th Associations between microorganisms and

higher living beings. Virulence factors 6. Mechanisms Defense integrity of the organism (and atypical). Infection. Mechanisms of defense against bacteria, viruses, parasites and fungi 7. Built and functional organization of the immune system. Regulation of immune responses . . Specificity

in immunology. Recognition of foreign (and own). Immunological memory. 8. Antigens and haptens. 9. Complement. Antibody against red blood

cells anigena the 10th Cellular basis of immune reactivity. Cooperation cells in immune response. Antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity 11th Immunological Deficit (types and significance) 12. Antibody (immunoglobulins). Biological properties of antibodies and their significance.

Methods of proving their 13. Sensitivity early types (mechanisms and manifestations) 14. Sensitivity late types (mechanisms and manifestations) 15.

Transplant immunology 16. Hla complex man and the importance 17. Immunosuppression. Immune tolerance, immunodeficiency 18. Tumor immunity. The mechanism of immune surveillance 19. Mechanisms occurrence and types of autoimmune diseases. 20. Active and passive immunity

(natural and artificial). Vaccines, Immunization (problems) 21 antibody-antigen reactions in diagnostic purposes. Immunological tests and their

interpretation 22. Clinical bacteriology - the subject and objective of the study. Normal bacterial flora 23rd Staphylococcus. Streptococcus 24. Microorganisms in the mouth 25. Neisseria 26. Bacillus. Clostridiae 27. Corynebacterium, Listeria 28. Micobacterium, actinomyces, nocardia

29. Familia Enterobacteriaceae. Escherichia. Other Enterobacteriaceae 30th Salmonella. 31. Pseudomonas 32. homophiles Shigella, Legionella

bordetella. Brucella 33rd Anaerobic gram-negative cast. Vibrio. Aeromonas; plesiomonas 34. Campylobacter, Helicobacter, Yersinia 35. Treponema. Borrelia, Leptospira 36. Mycoplasma, Ureaplasma 37. Rickettsia 38. Differences virus compared to other microorganisms and

their importance in medicine 39. Virus particles - virion. Determining the shape and size of the virus. Electron microscope. Preparative methods

in virology. Ultracentrifuge. Ultrafilters 40. chemical composition of the virus (viral proteins, viral nucleic acid, viral antigens). Hemagglutinin and viral hemagglutination 41. Viral infections. Pathogenesis of viral diseases. Syndrome manifestations of viral diseases 42.

Stadiums multiplication of the virus. Selectivity and tropism virus 43. Genetics of viruses. Defective viruses. Prion. Variability of the virus 44.

Associations of viruses (associated infections, interference and exaltation). Interferon (significance and application). Viral vaccines 45. Effect of physical and chemical agents and chemotherapeutics’ (antiviral drugs). Principles of rational antiviral therapy 46. multiplying of viruses in the

laboratory (cell culture, embryonized eggs and laboratory animals) 47. Etiological diagnosis of viral diseases. Serological methods (for

verification to prove the antigen and antibody). Rapid diagnostic methods 48. Classification of viruses, the most important family of DNA and RNA viruses 49. Picornaviridae. Orthomyxoviridae 50. Paramyxoviridae. Rhabdoviridae 51. Togaviridae. Arbo viruses 52. Adenoviridae.

Papillomaviridae and polyomaviridae, parvoviridae 53. Herpesviridae. Poxviridae 54. People with hepatitis. HIV-55th Chlamydia 56.

Introduction to Parasitology, classification. Protozoa and oral protozoan 57. Classis sarcomastigophora. Pneumocystis, Cryptosporidium 58. Plasmodium. Toxoplasma 59. Characteristics of helminthes. Trematoda. Cestoda. Nematoda 60. medical mycology

Practical teaching – methodical units

1. rules of behavior in the microbiological laboratory. Sterilization and disinfection. 2. mikroskcope and work with a microscope. Microscopic examination of uncolored bacteria. Microscopic examination of colored bacteria 3. culturel testing of bacteria. Variations of bacterial colonies.

4. physiological-biochemical examination of bacteria. Serological and biological testing of bacteria. 5. examining sensitivity of bacteria to

antimicrobial drugs 6. basic terms of antigens, antibodies and the creation of complex antigen-antibody (in vitro) the application of antibody-antigen reactions in diagnostic purposes (qualitative, quantitative and polukvantitativne reaction). 7. Agglutination (various techniques)

precipitation (various techniques in liquid medium in the gel) 8. Complement (bacteriolysis and hemoliza). Immunological interpretation of the

results of diagnostic tests and serological reactions. Determination of quantity of immunoglobulin and complement. Determining the efficiency of immunoprophylaxis 9. staphylococcus. Streptococcus 10. Neisseria, moraxella 11. Mycobacterium 12.C corynebacterium 13. Family of 14.

Escherichia. Enterobacteriaceae, Klebsiella 15. Salmonella. Shigella 16. Proteus, Providencia, morganella 17. Pseudomonas, 18. Bacillus

Campylobacter, Clostridium 19. Serological diagnosis of bacterial infections 20.Choice, taking and sending material for virological examination. Interpretation of results 21. Isolation of virus in cell cultures and 22. Electronic and immunoelectronic microscopy 23. Isolation virus

in embrionisanim pigeon eggs 24. Isolations of the virus in laboratory animals. Selectivity and tropizam virus. Inclusion 25. Preparative methods

in virology. Viral etiological hemaglutinacija 26. Sereological reactions and random specificity 27. Protozoa 28. Plasmodium, Toxoplasma 29. Helminths 30. Medical mycology

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsor

y

1. Medicinska bakteriologija, Milena Švabić-Vlahović, savremena administracija, Beograd, 2005, 419 str

2. Imunologija, Vera Jerant-Patić, Budućnost, Novi Sad 2002, 285 str

3. Medicinska virusologija, Vera Jerant-Patić, Budućnost, Zavod za udžbenike, Beograd 1995, 537 str 4. Medicinska parazitologija sa mikologijom, Tibor Lepeš, Medicinski fakultet, Novi Sad, 1988, 185 str

Page 43: Study program details 2015

Additional 1. Medicinska mikrobiologija, Džavec, Melnik, Adelberg, Savremena administracija, Beograd, 1995,

677 str

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

5 5 20 (2h10) 10 (2h5) - 60 -

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

0 3 1 2 3

1. Prof. dr Marija Kulauzov

2. Prof. dr Mira Mihajlović-Ukropina

3. Prof. dr Vesna Milošević 4. Prof. dr Zora Jelesić

5. Prof. dr Ivana Hrnjaković-Cvjetković

6. Doc. dr Gordana Bojić

7. Doc. dr Vera Gusman 8. Asist. mr Deana Medić

9. Asist dr Anika Považan

Head of the Department:

Prof. dr Vesna Milošević

Page 44: Study program details 2015

18. GENERAL PHARMACOLOGY (StII-FAR) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of pharmacology, toxicology and clinical pharmacology

NAME OF SUBJECT GENERAL PHARMACOLOGY

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Compulsory

Condition Biochemistry, Physiology II (Exam)

Year of

studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests No. of seminars ECTS credits

Lectures Pract. Lectures Pract.

second 0 0 3 2 2 - 5, 0

Methods of conducting teaching Theoretical Lectures and practical Pract.

GO

A

L

To give students basic knowledge about the drug as a substance, its movement through the body, the ways, mechanisms and site of action, types of side effects, interactions and poisonings.

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge At the end of the teaching process, students should know why, how and when can be applied to a drug, its characteristics,

movement through the body, place and mechanism of action and danger of its application.

Skills

Student:

must know how to correctly fill a prescription (Main, officinal, almost medicinal) and to explain;

must know that the registers used drugs; must know to fulfill the registration form unwanted effects of the drug.

CO

NT

EN

T O

F T

HE

SU

BJ

EC

T:

Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1. History of Pharmacology. The division of the discipline. The drug and poison.

2. Drug administration. The dosage of drugs. Doses. Therapeutic index and therapeutic range of the drug. 3. Moving the drug through the body. The passage of drugs through the biomembrane. Reabsorption and distribution of drugs.

Excretion of drugs.

4. Metabolism of drugs. Induction and inhibition of enzymes. Factors altering the drug metabolism. 5. Pharmacokinetic models. Pharmacokinetic parameters.

6. Modes of action. Action sites. Mechanisms of action of drugs. Receptors. G-protein.

7. Interactions of drugs. Synergism and antagonism. Administration of drugs in special circumstances (children, elderly, pathological condition, pregnant women, breastfeeding).

8. Pharmakogenetics.

9. Adverse effects of drugs. Addiction. 10. Toxicology. Poisons. Poisoning drugs.

11. Transmitters and receptors in the nervous system. 12. Vegetative nerve system. Drugs that act through receptors in the VNS.

13. Histamine and antihistaminics.

14. Drugs in the treatment of GIT disorders and diseases. 15. Drugs in the treatment of disorders and diseases of the respiratory system.

16. Drugs in the treatment of CVS disorders and diseases.

17. Thrombolytics, antiaggregation drugs, anticoagulants. 18. Hypolypemics.

19. Treatment of anemia.

Practical teaching – methodical units

1. Classification of drugs. Putting drugs on the market. Names of drugs. 2. Pharmacopoeia. Prescription scheme. Magistral and generic formulas. Readymade drugs.

3. Solid forms of drugs.

4. Liquid forms of drugs. 5. Semi-solid forms of drugs.

6. Inhalation.

7. Bandage material. 8. Prescribing drugs according to pharmacotherapeutic group.

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory

1. Varagić V, Milošević M. FARMAKOLOGIJA. Elit Medica, Beograd (2007. Ili novije izdanje)

2. Vasović V, Mikov M, Đaković-Švajcer K. ODABRANA POGLAVLjA IZ TOKSIKOLOGIJE. Štamparija Borac, Kula, 2003.

3. Đaković-Švajcer K i sar. TEST-PITANjA IZ FARMAKOLOGIJE I TOKSIKOLOGIJE. Medicinski

fakultet Novi Sad, 2009. 1. Samojlik I, Horvat O. PRAKTIKUM IZ FARMAKOGRAFIJE I OBLIKA LEKOVA, Ortomediks,

Novi Sad, 2012.

Additional

1. Rang HP, Dale MM, Ritter JM, Moore PK. FARMAKOLOGIJA. Data Status, Beograd, 2005. 2. Đaković-Švajcer K. Osnovi farmakologije. Ortomediks, Novi Sad, 2010.

3. Kažić T. FARMAKOLOGIJA – KLINIČKA FARMAKOLOGIJA, Integra, Beograd, 2003.

4. Joksović D. AKUTNA TROVANjA LEKOVIMA. Rivel, Beograd, 1999. 5. Popović J. MATEMATIČKI PRINCIPI U FARMAKOKINETICI, KOMPARTMANSKOJ ANALIZI

I BIOFARMACIJI. Medicinski fakultet Novi Sad, 1999.

1. LEKOVI U PROMETU, OrtoMedics, Novi Sad, 2012 (i starija izdanja)

Page 45: Study program details 2015

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

5 15 2h20 10 30

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant prof. Associate Prof. Full-Professor Scientist

1 3 1 2 4

1. Prof. dr Ana Sabo

2. Prof. dr Momir Mikov

3. Prof. dr Jovan Popović 4. Prof. dr Zdenko Tomić

5. Prof. dr Velibor Vasović

6. Prof. dr Aleksandar Rašković

7. Prof. dr Isidora Samojlik

8. Doc. dr Olga Horvat 9. Asistent mr sc. med Saša Vukmirović

10. Asistent dr med Boris Milijašević

11. Asistent dr med Vesna Mijatović 12. Asistent dr med Nebojša Stilinović

Head of the Department

Prof. dr Momir Mikov

Page 46: Study program details 2015

19. MEDICAL INFORMATICS (StII-IZPR) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

Mmedicina)medicinamedicine, stomatologije farmacije), Akademske studije zdravene nege

DEPARTMENT

NAME OF SUBJECT MEDICAL INFORMATICS

STATUS optional

Condition none

Year of

studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

seminara ECTS credits

Lectures Pract. Lectures. Pract.

second 2 1 0 0 1 test 1 3, 0

Methods of conducting teaching Lectures. Practical work in the computer classroom. Presentation of information systems and electronic

bibliographic, index and full text databases. Online searching of databases and electronic resources.

GO

AL

The main goal of medical informatics education is the introduction to the scientific information, information systems and information technology used in medicine and healthcare.

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge

Introducing students: with scientific information, information systems in health and medicine, the application of information

technology in medicine, with advances in information technology - applicable in medicine and health, with databases and

electronic resources.

Skills

Training students: to include the specific information systems in health care; to independently use the Internet, to independent

database searching and electronic information sources and literature in electronic form, to use certain programs for writing and

seminar presentation, professional and scientific papers.

CONTENT OF THE SUBJECT:: Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1. Health information systems

2. Scientific information 3. Biomedical informatics research

4. Biomedical scientific information

5. Application of information technology for creating and searching databases and Knowledge Base

6. Electronic services COBISS KoBSON, GOOGLE, 7. Internet

8. Application of information technology in medicine and

health

Practical teaching – methodical units

1. Fundamentals of computer techniques 2. Information Systems

3. Find and search electronic resources

4. Searching bibliographic databases of abstract index 5. Search COBISS information services, Library Publications and

Google,

6. Search full-text databases - electronic journals, monographs 7. Internet

8. Finding literature

9. Preparation of papers presentation in Power Point 10. Seminar paper

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory

1. Mihaljev-Martinov Jelena. Medicinska informatika. Novi Sad: Medicinski fakultet; 1995.

1. Dačić Milutin. Biomedicinska naučna informatika. Beograd: Naučna knjiga, 1996.

2. Martinov Cvejin M, Perišić B, Đokić D, Stojanović O. Osnovi zdravstvenog informacionog sistema. Beograd: Institut za zaštitu zdravlja Srbije «Dr Milan Jovanović Batut»; 2000.

Additional

1. Mihaljev-Martinov Jelena. Informatika u neurologiji. Novi Sad: Medicinski fakultet, 1994.

2. Deželić Đuro. Medicinska informatika. Zagreb: Društvo za medicinsku informatiku; 1997.

3. Lecture Notes in Medical Informatics, Springer-Verlag. 4. Journal: International Journal of Medical Informatics i Methods in Medical Informatics

5. Internet sources

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

10 30 20 20 20

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assist. Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

1 4 1

1. Prof. dr Petar Slankamenac, redovni profesor

2. Prof. dr Robert Seminc, vanredni profesor 3. Prof. dr Duško Kozić, vanredni profesor

4. Prof. dr Katarina Koprivšek, vanredni profesor

5. Doc. dr Dragana Đilas – Ivanović

6. Doc. dr Bojana Petrovački – Balj

Head Lecturer

Prof. dr Jelena Mihaljev-Martinov

Page 47: Study program details 2015
Page 48: Study program details 2015

19. MICROSCOPIC LABORATORY TECHNIQUES IN MEDICINE (StII-IZPR) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of histology and embryology

NAME OF SUBJECT MICROSCOPIC LABORATORY TECHNIQUE IN MEDICINE

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Optional

Condition none

Year of studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

ECTS credits Lectures Pract. Lectures Pract.

second 2 1 1 1 3

Methods of conducting teaching theory, practical Pract. , self-development seminar work

GO

A

L

Students will learn the techniques for making microscopic histology preparations

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge

Principles of laboratory work, selection of fixative in working with biological materials, methods of processing of biomaterials for microscopic examination including specificities of simple and complex staining methods, the tissue culture in laboratory medicine,

pathology of laboratory animals, norms and the prevention of the disease in working with laboratory animals.

Skills

Mastering skills in laboratory work with biological materials with special emphasis on accident prevention, preparing solutions used

in laboratory work, preparing native and vital microscopic preparation, fixation and processing of various tissue samples (rinsing, dehydration, inclusion, molding), the use microtomes, staining of microscopic preparations , working with laboratory animals,

preparation and maintenance of tissue cultures, mastering the autopsy technique on laboratory animals.

CO

NT

EN

T O

F T

HE

SU

BJ

EC

T:

Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1. Microscopy, history, types

2. Classification of toxins by WHO and the prevention of poisoning and accidents in the laboratory

3. Methods of tissue fixation, choice of fixative for light and electronic microscopy 4. Blood and tissue smears and prints, cytological characteristics of some samples, basophylia and eosinophilia as well as

representatives of cytological structure

5. Microtomes and work with them (historical overview from Purkinje, manual, rotary, slide, cryotome) 6. Classification of histological stains, staining methods, simple staining

7. Complex staining

8. Selective staining, the most important cytochemical reactions 9. Bacteriological staining methods, simple and complex ones

10. Preparation of microscopic preparations of helminthes and arthropods

11. Tissue cultures 12. Biology and conditions of working with laboratory animals

13. Pathology of laboratory animals and the prevention antropozoonoses

14. Consultation for preparing the seminar paper and exam 15. Consultation for preparing the seminar paper and exam

Practical teaching – methodical units

1. Native and vitally stained microscopic preparations

2. Measuring using technical balance; pipetting and preparing of solutions; first aid in case of poisoning 3. Preparation of fixative, taking tissue sections, rinsing after fixation, dehydration

4. Staining according to Giemsa and Papanicolaou, leukocyte formula in laboratory animals

5. Molding in paraffin for classical histological technique, cutting the preparations using microtomes 6. Staining with toluidine, carmine red, determining the phases of estrus cycle in rodents

7. Hematoxylin and eosin staining, van Gieson staining 8. Peroxidase, iron etc.

9. Gram and Ziehl Nielsen staining

10. Methods for illumination metazoans using lactophenol et al. 11. Explantation, primary and continuous culture

12. Experimental animal disease models

13. Methods for autopsy diagnostics on laboratory animals 14. Writing a seminar paper

15. Pre-exam practicum

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory 1. Lalošević D. Mikroskopska laboratorijska tehnika u medicini. Medicinski fakultet Novi Sad, 2005.

Additional

1. Kostić A. Osnovi histološke tehnike. Naučna knjiga, Beograd, 1948.

2. Bancroft J. D, Stevens A. Theory and practice of histological techniques. Churchill Livingstone,

Edinburgh, 2005.

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Pismeni Oral 100

Page 49: Study program details 2015

20 10 15 15 40

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assist. Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

1 1

1. Prof. dr Dušan Lalošević

2. Asist. dr Ivan Čapo

Head of the Department

Prof. dr Dušan Lalošević

Page 50: Study program details 2015

19. HISTORY OF MEDICINE AND DENTISTRY(STII-IZPR) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of general subjects

NAME OF SUBJECT HISTORY OF MEDICINE AND DENTISTRY

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Optional

Condition none

Year of

studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

ECTS credits

Lectures Pract. Lectures. Pract.

second 2 1 0 0 1 3

Methods of conducting teaching Video presentation and oral

GO

A

L

Teach students to understand modern medicine not as a supreme scientific and practical achievement, but as a dynamic development of medical

thinking.

S V

R

HA

Knowledge To give students the basic Knowledge and critical look at the key periods of historical development of medicine and dentistry.

Skills

CONTENT OF THE SUBJECT:: Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1. Historical overview of medicine and dentistry from the pre-history until 21st century.

2. Splendors of medical science, the founders of theoretical perspectives, diagnostic and therapeutic procedures

Practical teaching – methodical units

1. Discussion of important dates in the history of medicine and dentistry

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory

1. Maksimović J. Uvod u medicinu sa teorijom medicine, Medicinski fakultet Novi Sad, Novi Sad,

2011. 2. Stanojević V. Istorija medicine, Medicinska knjiga, Beograd-Zagreb, 1953.

3. Glesinger L. Povijest medicine, Školska knjiga, Zagreb, 1978.

Additional

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

20 10 70

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant Prof. Associate Prof. Full-Professor Scientist

2 1 1

Doc. dr Dušica Rakić

Ass. dr sci. med. Maja Grujičić Ass. mr sci med. Gordana Vilotijević- Dautović,

Head of the Department

Doc. dr Dušica Rakić

Page 51: Study program details 2015
Page 52: Study program details 2015

20. INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH SCIENTIFIC WORK (StII-MNIR) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of general subjects

NAME OF SUBJECT INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH SCIENTIFIC WORK

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Optional

Condition Medical Statistics and Informatics

Year of studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

ECTS credits Lectures Pract. Lectures Pract.

second 0 0 2 1 0 2 3. 0

Methods of conducting teaching Lectures, Pract. , seminars

GO

AL

The aim of this course to emphasize the importance of research scientific work and to get students acquainted with the basic principles of

biomedical research. The students should acquire sufficient knowledge to be able to independently analyze the research course and scientific work, as well as to design the research protocols. Students should get acquainted with all segments of scientific work and to be able to apply

them independently in their own research.

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge

Students will acquire the necessary knowledge to:

make difference between science and pseudoscience

define and identify the authorship and non-authorship

be aware of ethical principles of research scientific word and immorality in the field of science

identify the necessary conditions for scientific research

understand the conception of scientific problem and be able to define it

understand the conception of hypothesis and to be able to generate and confirm the hypothesis

distinguish between diverse scientific publication and to know their characteristics

identify electronic research bases, databases and electronic scientific journals

understand basic features of descriptive method, cross sectional study, anamnestic studies, cohort studies as well as the experiment within the community and field experiment, identify their application, advantages and drawbacks, criteria

for selecting the participants, generalization of the results, possibilities of posing and confirming the hypothesis

understand the importance of various statistical methods in medical research, as well as the methods of interpreting

statistical significance

identify different measurement errors (bias) and understand their effects on the results of research scientific work

understand basic principles of clinical trials, selection of participants and conducting of the study, as well as the

specificities of clinical testing of drugs

understand the conception of scientific project, how it is prepared, reviewed, conducted and evaluated, as well as to

know its components and phases

identify the methods of data collection and their further processing

understand the structure of a scientific paper

understand the conception of citation and referencing and correctly applying reference citation rules

understand the criteria for evaluating scientific paper

Skills

After completing the course, the student will be able to:

independently define the scientific problem

independently pose the hypothesis based on the defined scientific problem

independently explore the relevant literature, including that available on the internet

distinguish between the relevant and irrelevant literature

design the descriptive, anamnestic and cohort study, cross sectional study, field experiment and experiment within the

community

select the appropriate statistical method

interpret statistical significance

identify the applied method in research scientific work, define the investigated population, method of creating sample population and the way of creating experimental and control groups

identify the measurement errors if any and to understand and interpret their effect on the obtained results

design the protocol of a clinical trial

design the instruments for data collection

design the draft of a scientific project

create the draft of the professional study

properly cite the references pursuant to relevant citation rules

Page 53: Study program details 2015

CO

NT

EN

T O

F T

HE

SU

BJ

EC

T:

Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1. Science and Pseudoscience. 2. Scientific problem

3. Scientific hypothesis

4. Biomedical and scientific informatics 5. Citation of scientific references

6. Descriptive method

7. Cross sectional studies 8. Anamnestic studies

9. Cohort studies

10. Clinical trials 11. Clinical investigation of drugs

12. Statistical bias

13. Data collection 14. Sampling

15. Types of scientific work

16. Evaluation of scientific paper

17. Mentorship

18. Interpretation of statistical result in the research

19. Ethical principles of medical research 20. Scientific project

21. Presenting of results of RSW

22. Structure of RSW 23. Authorship and intellectual dishonesty

Practical teaching – methodical units

Difference between science and pseudoscience Selection of scientific problem

Posing hypothesis

Electronic databases Reference citation

Descriptive studies

Cross sectional studies Anamnestic studies

Cohort studies

Clinical trials Statistical bias

Presenting the results of RSW

Scientific project Questionnaires and sampling

Interpretation of statistical results

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory 1. Đurić P (urednik): Uvod u naučnoistraživački rad. Novi Sad: Medicinski fakultet; 2012.

Additional

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Pismeni Oral 100

10 10 2x15 50

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant Prof. Associate Prof. Full-Professor Scientist

7 8 2

1. Prof. dr Mirna Đurić

2. Prof dr Aleksandar Rašković

3. Doc. dr Predrag Đurić 4. Doc. dr Branislav Bajkin

5. Doc. dr Milan Matić

6. Doc. dr Zorica Gajinov 7. Doc. dr Slobodan Savović

8. Doc. dr Tihomir Dugandžija

9. Doc. dr Janko Pasternak 10. Doc. dr Vesna Stojanović

11. Asist. dr sci. Maja Grujičić

12. Asist. dr Dragan Nikolić

13. Asist. de Smiljana Rajčević 14. Asist. dr Mioljub Ristić

15. Asist. dr sci. Daniela Marić

16. Asist. dr Nebojša Stilinović 17. Asist. dr Boris Milijašević

Head of the Department Doc. dr Dušica Rakić

Page 54: Study program details 2015

20. COMPUTER USE IN DENTISTRY (StII-MNIR) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of Dentistry

NAME OF SUBJECT APPLICATION OF COMPUTERS IN DENTISTRY

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Optional

Condition Medical Statistics and Informatics

Year of

studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

ECTS credits

Lectures Pract. Lectures Pract.

second 0 0 2 1 0 3. 0

Methods of conducting teaching Lectures, Pract. , seminars

GO

A

L

To get students acquainted with the application of computing technologies in modern dentistry practice

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge The students will get acquainted with the application of computers in determining the teeth color, position and movement of the

lower jaws, analyzing the occlusion contacts and planning and performing fixed prosthetic procedures.

Skills

CO

NT

EN

T O

F T

HE

SU

BJ

EC

T:

Theoretical teaching – methodical units

Introduction, application of computers in dentistry, computers and management, databases: expert systems, simulation procedures – diagnostic

and therapeutic CAD-CAM systems, function and application

CAD-CAM systems, computed inspection, designing and producing dental replacements, machine processable materials

One step tooth replacement Specificities of particular CAD-CAM systems

Application of computing technologies in determining the teeth color, specificities of digital imaging

Application of computes in gnathology, analysis of occlusion contacts, comp. analysis of lower jaw movements Application of computers in implantology, computer-guided installation of dental implants and dental replacements on implants

Application of computers in endodontics

Patient processing and creation of relevant database Intraoral and extraoral photographing

Diagnostics of the malocclusion – analysis of the model and the photograph

Computer simulation of the treatment plan Computer simulation of the ortodonthic-surgical treatment

Computer generated analysis of the growth

Practical teaching – methodical units

Production of seminar papers

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory Aleksandar Todorović „Primena CAD/CAM tehnologije u stomatološkoj protetici“ 2005, Beograd

Additional Internet, Kobson databases

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Pismeni Oral 100

10 10 80

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant Prof. Associate Prof. Full-Professor Scientist

0 0 0 0 2 0 1 1

Prof. dr Dubravka Marković

Doc. dr Tatjana Puškar Doc. dr Igor Budak-Faculty of Technical sciences

Asist. dr Aleksandra Maletin

Asist. dr Daniela Đurović Koprivica Asist. dr Milica Jeremić Knežević

Aist. res. dr Michal Potran

Head of the Department

Prof. dr Đorđe Petrović

Page 55: Study program details 2015
Page 56: Study program details 2015

20. EXPERIMENTAL ANIMALS AND EXPERIMENTAL

PHARMACOLOGY IN MEDICAL RESEARCH (StII-MNIR) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of pharmacology, toxicology and clinical pharmacology

NAME OF SUBJECT EXPERIMENTAL ANIMALS AND EXPERIMENTAL PHARMACOLOGY IN MEDICAL RESEARCH

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Optional (compulsory prior to preparing experimental student/graduation paper that includes experimental animals)

Condition -

Year of

studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

ECTS credits

Lectures Pract. Lectures Pract.

second 0 0 2 1 0 2 3. 0

Methods of conducting teaching Lectures, Pract. , seminars

GO

A

L

To get students acquainted with the methods, possibilities and conditions of working with experimental animals in biomedical research

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge

The students will get acquainted with conditions and possibilities of working with experimental animals and particular experimental

models of importance for in vivo biomedical research. The students will get informed on legal regulations pertaining to protection of

welfare of experimental animals, animal models and species used in particular investigations, the housing and care of experimental animals, application of investigated substances, monitoring the effects of applied substances, euthanasia and safe disposal of

residual/waist material.

Skills

The students will be trained for experimental work with experimental animals (handling, administration of substances, sampling of biomaterial, anesthesia, monitoring of stress and pain parameters….) as well as for creating relevant documentation aimed at

obtaining necessary approvals for experimental work with laboratory animals.

CO

NT

EN

T O

F T

HE

SU

BJ

EC

T:

Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1. Legal provisions and framework of protection of the wellbeing of experimental animals in biomedical research 2. Ethical principles in working with experimental animals

3. Rules “3-R” and “5 freedoms” in working with experimental animals

4. CCAC category of invasiveness in animal experimentation 5. Alternative methods of in vivo experiments

6. Laboratory (experimental) animals – categorization and nomenclature, species

7. Maintenance of experimental animals – housing, feeding, hygiene maintenance, health status monitoring (stress, pain) 8. Animal models – definition, requirements, selection

9. Basic rules of working (handling) with experimental animals – keeping, labeling, administration of experimental substances, sampling of the materials for analysis

10. Experimental models – non anesthetized animals

11. Experimental models - anesthetized animals 12. Euthanasia and risks in working with experimental animals

Practical teaching – methodical units

1. Preparing the Request for approval of the experiment on laboratory animals to the Ethics Committee, pursuant to relevant

legislation 2. Getting acquainted with the maintenance of laboratory animals - practical work

3. Skills for handling laboratory animals – practical work (housing, labeling, administration of experimental substances, sampling

of materials for analysis)

4. Designing an experimental model in line with the Request to Ethical Committee (research plan that foresees the use of experimental

animals)

5. Practical handling of the material of animal origin (samples, carcasses of sacrificed animals), substances and equipment used in the experimental research

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory

1. Vučinić M. , Todorović Z. Eksperimentalne životinje i ekperimentalni modeli, Univerzitet u Beogradu, Beograd 2010.

2. Jakovljević V. Eksperimentalna farmakologija u naučno-istraživačkom radu. Alfagraf,

Petrovaradin, 2006. 3. Zakon o dobrobiti životinja, Službeni glasnik RS br 41/09.

4. Pravilnik o uslovima za upis u registar za oglede na životinjama (Službeni glasnik RS, br 39/10).

Additional

1. Chow P, Ng R, Ogden B. Using animal models in biomedical research. World Scientific Publishing Co. Pte. Ltd. , Singapore 2007.

2. Wahlsten D. Mouse Behavioral Testing. Academic Press, Elsevier, London NW1 7BY, UK,

2011.

3. Jann Hau And Gerald L. Van Hoosier, Jr. Handbook Of Laboratory Animal Science, Vol I &II,

CRC Press, Boca Raton, Florida 33431, 2003.

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Pismeni Oral 100

Page 57: Study program details 2015

20 20 - 30 - - 30

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant Prof. Associate Prof. Full-Professor Scientist

1. Prof. dr Ana Sabo

2. Prof. dr Momir Mikov 3. Prof. dr Aleksandar Rašković

4. Prof. dr Isidora Samojlik - rukovodilac

5. Doc. dr Olga Horvat

1. Asistent mr sc. med. Saša Vukmirović

2. Asistent dr Boris Milijašević 3. Asistent dr Nebojša Stilinović

4. Asistent dr Vesna Mijatović

5. Asistent dr Ivan Čapo

Head of the Department

Prof. dr Momir Mikov

Page 58: Study program details 2015

21. SPECIAL PHARMACOLOGY (StIII-KFAR) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of pharmacology, toxicology and clinical pharmacology

NAME OF SUBJECT SPECIAL PHARMACOLOGY

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Compulsory

Condition Microbiology and Immunology (exam), General Pharmacology (exam)

Year of

studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

ECTS credits

Lectures Pract. Lectures Pract.

third 2 2 0 0 2 - 4, 0

Methods of conducting teaching Theoretical classes

GO

A

L

Acquaint students with drug classes, representatives, indications and contraindications.

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge At the end of the teaching process, students should know why, how and when to apply the drug, to know the characteristics of

drugs, its circulation through the body, sites and mechanism of action and potential hazards of its application.

Skills Student should be able to independently write the prescription.

CO

NT

EN

T O

F T

HE

SU

BJ

EC

T:

Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1. Antimicrobial agents. 2. Antimycotics, Antivirals, Antiparasitic drugs.

3. Antiseptics and disinfectants

4. Treatment of diabetes. 5. Drugs in the treatment of disorders and diseases of the endocrine system.

6. D-vitamin, calcium, fluoride.

7. Treatment of osteoporosis. 8. General and local anesthesia.

9. Strong analgesics.

10. Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs. 11. Drugs in the therapy of CNS-disorders (antiepileptic drugs, psychopharmaka) of importance in dentistry

12. Drugs in the therapy of degenerative CNS-disorders (antiparkinson drugs) of importance in dentistry

13. Sedation in Dentistry

Practical teaching – methodical units

Antiseptics and disinfectants – practical application, concentration calculation, precautions during handling and application Fluoride preparations – dosage and calculation

Elaborating the topics addressed during theoretical lectures and writing prescriptions

Filling up the drug adverse reaction reporting forms

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory

1. Varagić V, Milošević M. FARMAKOLOGIJA. Elit Medica, Beograd (2004. , 2005. , 2006. ili 2007. )

2. Sabo A, Tomić Z, Stanulović M. ANTIBAKTERIJSKI LEKOVI. A. D. Š. Kultura, Bački

Petrovac, 2001. 3. Đaković-Švajcer K i sar. TEST-PITANjA IZ FARMAKOLOGIJE I TOKSIKOLOGIJE. Medicinski

fakultet Novi Sad, 2001.

Additional 1. Rang HP, Dale MM, Ritter JM, Moore PK. FARMAKOLOGIJA. Data Status, Beograd, 2005. 2. Kažić T. FARMAKOLOGIJA – KLINIČKA FARMAKOLOGIJA, Integra, Beograd, 2003.

3. LEKOVI U PROMETU, OrtoMedics, Novi Sad, 2007 (i starija izdanja)

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Pismeni Oral 100

5 10 2h20 10 30

List of teachers and Assistants

Page 59: Study program details 2015

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

1 3 3 0 4

1. Prof. dr Ana Sabo 2. Prof. dr Momir Mikov

3. Prof. dr Jovan Popović

4. Prof. dr Zdenko Tomić 5. Prof. dr Velibor Vasović

6. Prof. dr Aleksandar Rašković

7. Prof. dr Isidora Samojlik 8. Doc. dr Olga Horvat

9. Asistent mr sc. med Saša Vukmirović

10. Asistent dr med Boris Milijašević 11. Asistent dr med Vesna Mijatović

12. Asistent dr med Nebojša Stilinović

Head of the Department

Prof. dr Momir Mikov

Page 60: Study program details 2015

22. OPERATIVE DENTISTRY – CLINICAL I (StIII-BZUK) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of dentistry

NAME OF SUBJECT OPERATIVE DENTISTRY - CLINICAL 1

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Compulsory

Condition Diseases of teeth - preclinics, General and Oral Pathology (exam)

Year of

studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

ECTS credits

Lectures Pract. Lectures Pract.

third 1 3 1 6 - - 12, 0

Methods of teaching Theoretical and practical

GO

AL

Goal of the subject is to teach the student for the treatment of diseases of hard dental tissue and dental pulp in clinical conditions

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge Theoretical knowledge and practical skills in performing all types of cavity preparations, retention and restoration of the cavity by

applying modern dental materials, instruments and equipment for definitive fillings.

Skills

Skills are acquired during clinical practical teaching and independent work with the control of the working phases. The course continues with advanced practical teaching in the next semester.

At the end of the practical course the student should:

1. Be able to take the medical history of the patients 2. Be able to perform diagnostic procedures related to diseases of hard dental tissue and dental pulp

3. Be able to prepare the working area, equipment, instrumentation and apparatus in dental practice

4. Master the theoretical and practical knowledge of materials for temporary and definitive cavity closure 5. Be able to theoretically and practically demonstrate all methods of cavity preparation and restoration of hard dental tissues

CO

NT

EN

T O

F T

HE

SU

BJ

EC

T:

Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1. Introduction – preparing for clinical work 2. Biology of teeth.

3. Structure and function of the pulp-dentin complex

4. Structure and function of dentin, changes associated with ageing

Diagnosis and diagnostic tools in dental pathology.

The mechanisms of emergence and perception of pulp-dentinal pain.

5. Local anesthesia in restorative dentistry

Histopathology of pulp-dentin complex. 6. Defense and reparatory processes of the pulp-dentin complex.

7. Exposed dentin and protection procedures – etiology and

pathogenesis of non-carious changes 8. Exposed dentin and protection procedures – diagnostic and

therapy plan for non-carious changes

9. Reversible changes in dental pulp – pulp regeneration 10. Deep caries – histopathology and clinical picture

11. Deep caries - diagnosis and differential diagnosis, therapy

plan 12. Treatment of deep caries and materials for indirect capping

13. Treatment of deep caries – one-step and multi-step therapy

14. Traumatic and artificial dental pulp injuries 15. Open pulp therapy, materials for direct pulp capping

16. Pulp wound healing, the course, prognosis and evolution

and control 17. Minimum invasive procedures in restorative dentistry

18. Pulp reaction to restorative procedures

19. Postoperative teeth sensitivity – positive and negative characteristics of dental materials in relation to dental pulp

20. Symptomatology and diagnosis of dental pulp diseases -

odontalgia Classification of dental pulp diseases.

Clinical picture of inflammatory process in dental pulp,

course and prognosis. Treatment of teeth with reversible changes in the dental pulp.

Techniques for preserving teeth vitality, indications and

contraindications, the treatment plan. 21. Treatment of teeth with irreversible changes in the dental pulp.

Techniques for preserving teeth vitality, indications and

contraindications, the treatment plan. 22. Regressive and degenerative changes of pulp tissue.

23. Necrosis and gangrene of dental pulp

Practical teaching – methodical units

Introduction to clinical work, working place, organizing the working space and procedure itself Basic procedures and phases in restorative dentistry, equipment and instrumentation

Anamnesis, Patient’s consent, Rights and responsibilities of the patient Clinical examination, entering data in dental records

Diagnosis of caries (anamnesis, inspection, sticking probe)

Diagnostic instruments and methods (teeth vitality tests) Preparing for clinical work – fixing of instruments and hands in clinical settings

Cavity preparation for amalgam fillings of the 1st and 2nd class (placing of the basis, matrix and inerdental pins, placement of definitive fillings)

MOD cavity preparation for amalgam fillings (placing of the basis, matrix and inerdental pins, placement of definitive fillings) Cavity preparation for adhesive-bound fillings of frontal teeth – applying adhesive materials

Preparation and restoration of the 3rd class-cavity applying composite material and adhesive system without glass-ionomer cement base

Preparation and restoration of the 3rd class-cavity applying composite material and adhesive system with glass-ionomer cement base Preparation and restoration of the 4th class-cavity applying composite fillings

Preparation and restoration of complex 4th class-cavity applying composite fillings

Preparation and restoration of the 5th class-cavity applying composite fillings in frontal teeth Preparation and restoration of the 5th class-cavity applying composite fillings in lateral teeth

Application of composite fillings in lateral teeth – indications and contraindications

Application of composite fillings in lateral teeth – adhesive preparation Cavity preparation for adhesive fillings and placement of dental adhesives

Therapeutic procedure in deep caries (diagnosis and treatment of deep carious lesions, placement of the materials for indirect capping of the pulp)

Final processing / finishing of definitive fillings

Page 61: Study program details 2015

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsor

y

1. Osnovi restaurativne stomatologije Slavoljub Živković, Data Status Beograd, 2009

2. Vitalna pulpa; U udžbeniku Endodoncija Endodontologija, Gunnar Bergenholc, Preben Hørsted-

Bindslev, Orion, Beograd, 2011 3. Oboljenja pulpe; U udžbeniku Endodoncija, V. Filipović i sar. , 3. izdanje, Univerzitet u

Beogradu 1996

4. Biologija pulpe i dentina u restaurativnoj stomatologiji (prevod) Mjor I, Data Status, Beograd, 2008

5. Osnove zubnog karijesa (prevod) Kid E, Data Status, Beograd, 2010

Additional 1. Sastav i svojstva adhezivnih sredstava, podela adhezivnih sredstava; U monografiji Odnos

fenomena mikrocurenja i jačine veze dentin-vezujućih sredstava kompozitnih sistema, Lj Petrović, Univerzitet u Novom Sadu, Medicinski fakultet u Novom Sadu 2009

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Pismeni Oral 100

10 40 50

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

3 3 4 2

1. Prof dr Ljubomir Petrović

2. Prof dr sci Larisa Blažić 3. Prof dr Tatjana Brkanić

4. Doc dr Ivana Stojšin

5. Doc dr Igor Stojanac 6. Doc dr sci Milan Drobac

1. Asist. dr Bojana Ramić 2. Asist. dr Karolina Vukoje

3. Asist. dr Ivana Kantardžić 4. Istraživač saradnik dr Milica Premović

5. Istraživač saradnik dr Tatjana Vukadinov

6. Istraživač saradnik dr Tijana Lainović

Head of the Department

Prof. dr Đorđe Petrović

Page 62: Study program details 2015

23. PREVENTIVE DENTISTRY (StIII-PRST) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of dentistry

NAME OF SUBJECT PREVENTIVE DENTISTRY

STATUS OF THE SUBJECT Compulsory

Condition Diseases of teeth-preclinics (exam)

Year of

studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week)

No. of tests

No. of

seminars

ECTS credits Lectures Pract. Lectures. Pract.

third 1 1 2 3 - - 8, 0

Methods of teaching Lectures and Pract.

GO

A

L

The aim of the course is to get students acquainted with the methods of diagnosis and suppressing fear from the dentist. Students would be trained to

diagnose the status of the patient and propose measures and methods for maintaining oral hygiene, to set indications and to apply prophylactic

measures aimed at preventing oral diseases.

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge

1. Comprehend and understand biological mechanisms of the protection of oral cavity

2. Comprehend and understand the etiopathogenesis of the most common oral diseases (caries, periodontitis, oral cancer, orthodontic anomalies, trauma)

3. Knowledge of complex interaction of oral and general health as well as numerous common risk factors (diet, bad habits

- smoking, alcohol, drugs, using drugs, etc. )

Skills

1. Comprehend, understand and use methods for diagnosis and exclusion of risk for the occurrence of oral diseases

2. Comprehend and understand the role of nutrition in general and oral health and is able to provide competent advice on

food security to the general oral health 3. Grasp, understand and properly use fluoride in preventing caries

4. knows and uses the methods of prevention and interceptive Orthopedics

prophylaxis

CO

NT

EN

T O

F T

HE

SU

BJ

EC

T:

Theoretical teaching – methodical units

Introduction to preventive dentistry. The role and potentials of oral hygiene in maintaining oral health

Socio-medical significance of oral diseases The importance of communication with the patient in the prevention of oral diseases. Fear and anxiety.

Psychological types of children. Motivation of the patient.

Diagnostic status and habits in oral hygiene. Maintenance of oral hygiene Methods of cleaning teeth, local application of fluoride prophylaxis of oral disease: definition, significance.

Biological protective mechanisms in the oral cavity. Characteristics of healthy tissue in oral cavity (mucosa, gingival, periodontal tissue, enamel,

pulp-dentine complexes, cement). Clinical aspects of mouth and teeth development. Chronology of tooth eruption and replacement.

Protective role of saliva. Composition, physical and chemical protection, the role of remineralisation. Protective role. Clinical significance of

stimulation of saliva secretion. Oral flora. Dental plaque. Pathogenesis, microbiological composition, metabolic processes of plaques.

Diagnostics, need of planning prophylaxis of oral diseases (periodontitis, caries, orthodontic disorders, injuries of the mouth and teeth).

Prophylactic measures in the prevention of periodontitis. Prophylactic measures in prevention of caries Prophylactic measures in the prevention of orthodontic anomalies. Chemoprophylaxis of oral diseases

Preventive Dentistry. Introduction, definition, significance and tasks. Levels of prevention. The relationship between preventive dentistry and

other medical/dentistry disciplines. Etiology of caries. Background research. Theory. Modern understanding. Primary and secondary factors in the etiology of caries

Pathogenesis of "early" carious lesions in enamel. Macroscopic and microscopic features. Microbiology of caries lesions.

Dentine caries. Root caries

Erosion of teeth. Etiology. External factors. Internal factors. Biological factors. Prevention of erosion

Etiopathogenesis of periodontitis. Etiology. General and local factors. Development of gingival lesions. Pathogenesis of periodontitis. Prevention

of periodontitis. Etiology of soft tissue diseases . Oral cancer, precancerous lesions. Oral infection in immunocompetent and immunocompromised patients.

Nutrition and oral health. Influence of nutrition on teeth in the development and function. Sugar. Replacing sugar

Fluorides and oral health. Biokinetics. Toxicology. The mechanism of cariostatic effects. Application of fluoride in preventing caries Diagnostics of potential risk of caries. Nutrition. Oral hygiene. Volume, acidity, Buffer capacity of saliva, saliva microflora

Diagnostics of potential risk of diseases of soft and supporting tissue. Risks for the emergence of periodontitis. Risks for the occurrence of oral

cancer Preventive and interceptive orthopedics. Etiology of malocclusion. Prevention of orthodontic anomalies in prenatal and postnatal period of life.

Premature loss of milk teeth. Interceptive measures in preschool and school children

Contemporary developments and trends of preventive dentistry Oral health during pregnancy – prevention Application of chemoprophylactic measures

Etiology and prevention of teeth injuries Minimum invasive caries therapies

Promotion of oral health and prevention of oral diseases

Page 63: Study program details 2015

Practical teaching – methodical units

The importance, role and possibilities of oral hygiene in maintaining oral health. The problem of fear and anxiety. Admission of patients. Diagnostics of patients’ behavior, fear and anxiety.

Psychological types of children. Methods of preparing children for dental procedure. The role of preventive services in overcoming fear and

anxiety Diagnostic habits in oral hygiene. Medical history, observing the patient during oral hygiene. Taking anamnestic data on oral hygiene,

diagnosing habits, habits of control patients in oral hygiene (brushing teeth).

The main means of oral hygiene – teeth brush. Introduction to interdental stimulators, toothpicks, devices with liquid jet etc Methods of cleaning teeth. Exercising methods for teeth cleaning on models.

The main instruments of oral hygiene – dental floss, usage of dental floss. Different types of dental teeth. Training the techniques of dental floss

use on the model, training patients to use dental floss. Diagnosing dental plaque. Plaque index. Plaque staining, determination of PLI, discussion with the patient on the plaque and teeth hygiene,

plaque removal using special instruments – plaque removers.

Prophylaxis of caries by using fluoride. Taking the history of nutrition, survey questionnaires, data evaluation and diagnosis of behavior related to oral health, motivation for proper

nutrition and correction of errors in the diet.

Prescribing fluoride prescription. Local application of fluoride (solution, gel, glaze)

Diagnosing the risk of caries based on the analysis of diet, oral hygiene, quantity, quality and properties of saliva. Diagnosing risk based on the

presence of microorganisms in the saliva.

Evaluation of oral hygiene (PI), gingiva (GI, bleeding index), tests for risk assessment Professional removal of soft and solid deposits from teeth. Training and motivating patients to maintain oral hygiene. Fissure sealing

Taking anamnesis (newborns, childbirth). Diagnosing bad habits. Early diagnosis of orthodontic irregularities (early milk tooth extraction,

primary anxiety, forced bite). Placeholder. Selective grinding of teeth. Health educational. Diagnosing oral health status, indication and planning of prophylactic measures.

Professional removal of soft plaque from the teeth. Removal of solid deposits from the teeth. Sealing of fissures. Preventive teeth filling.

Chemoprophylaxis of mouth and teeth diseases. Making intraoral flaps.

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory 1. Preventivna stomatologija. M Vulović, D. Beloica, R. Stevanović, M. Ivanović, M. Carević, Z.

Vulićević, D. Marković. DRASLAR, Beograd, 2005

Additional

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

50 50

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

0 1 0 0 3 0 0 0

1. Prof. dr Duška Blagojević

2. Doc. dr Ivan Tušek 3. Doc. dr Bojan Petrović

4. Doc. dr Sanja Vujkov

Head of the Department Prof. dr Đorđe Petrović

Page 64: Study program details 2015

24. RADIOLOGY (StIII-RAD) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of radiology

NAME OF SUBJECT RADIOLOGY

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Compulsory

Condition General and oral pathology, dental disease-preclinics (exam)

Year of

studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

ECTS credits

Lectures Pract. Lectures. Pract.

third 3 2 0 0 5, 0

Methods of conducting teaching Theoretical and practical classes

GO

A

L

Introducing students to the diagnostic image modalities that are applied in modern medicine, introduction to x-ray methods and principles of

working in the dento-maxillofacial region.

PU

RP

OSE

Knowledge The task is to define a set of diagnostic data based on the data necessary for understanding radiological information. Special attention should be paid to proper selection of indications and radiological methods.

Skills Students should master the art review on the X-ray apparatus, ultrasonographic examination, analysis of X-ray films,

recordings, and computed tomography image analysis of magnetic resonance imaging.

CONTENT OF THE SUBJECT:: Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1. Fundamentals of medical application of ionizing radiation and the physics of image methods (X-ray, ultrasound, computerized tomography,

magnetic resonance imaging), and intervention radiology 2. Principles of radiological examination (intraoral, extraoral, standard x-ray methods and special techniques, endoradiographyc methods), 3 Implementation and indications for X-ray examination methods, computer tomography,

ultrasound, magnetic resonance imaging, 4. Basic principles and indications for intraoral, standard extraoral radiographical methods, special

techniques of radiography and interventional radiology, 5. Most common radiological symptoms of respiratory changes, digestive, urinary systems, acute abdomen, reproductive system (breast, female pelvis and male reproductive organs: prostate and scrotum), musculoskeletal and nervous system,

acute abdomen in adult patients and children, 6. Radiological anatomy and symptoms in dento-maxillofacial region, dental anomalies 7. Congenital jaw

anomalies, teeth and jaw diseases, x-ray diagnosis of facial bones and teeth fractures, radiological diagnosis of expansive jaw process, radiology of

paranasal cavities, temporomandibular joints, salivary glands, radiotherapy of the maxillofacial region

Practical teaching – methodical units

1. Demonstration of X-ray appearance of standard apparatus and X-ray device for radiography of dental and maxillofacial region with insight into their work and monitoring the protected area. , 2. Roentgenography and images obtained with computed tomography, 3. Practical work on ultrasound and

image analysis, 4. Work on magnetic resonance analysis of the obtained scans, 5. Observing certain interventional radiology techniques

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory

1. Rakočeić Z. Osnovi radiologije dento-maksilofacijalne regije, Balkanski stomatološki forum, 1998

2. Šuščević D. , Lukač I. Radiologija, udžbenik za studente stomatologije, Stilos 2001 3. Bošnjaković P. Praktikum kliničke radiologije, Datastatus 2009.

Additional 1. Lukač I. , Šuščević D. Radiologija, udžbenika za studente medicine i stomatologije, Stilos 2000

2. Lazić J. Radiologija, Medicinska knjiga, 1997

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

15 20 20 45

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

2 7 3 4

1. Prof. dr Mira L. Govorčin 2. Prof. dr Dušan Hadnađev

3. Prof. dr Sanja Stojanović

4. Prof. dr Viktor Til 5. Prof. dr Duško Kozić

6. Prof. dr Robert Semnic

7. Prof. dr Miloš A. Lučić

8. Prof. dr Katarina Koprivšek

9. Doc. dr Dragana Bogdanović-Stojanović 10. Doc. dr Dragana Đilas-Ivanović

11. Doc. dr Olivera Nikolić

12. Doc. dr Viktorija Vučaj-Ćirilović 13. Doc. dr Kosta Petrović

14. Doc. dr Jovan Lovrenski

15. Doc. dr Dijana Nićiforović

16. Ass mr Nataša Prvulović

Head of the Department Prof. dr Sanja Stojanović

Page 65: Study program details 2015
Page 66: Study program details 2015

25. INTERNAL MEDICINE (StIII-INMD) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of internal medicine

NAME OF SUBJECT Internal medicine

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Compulsory

Condition General and Oral Pathology, Pathophysiology, General Pharmacology

Year of studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

ECTS credits Lectures Pract. Lectures Pract.

third 3 4 - - - -` 7, 0

Methods of teaching Theoretical and practical

GO

AL

The main goal of education in internal medicine in Integrated studies in dentistry is getting acquainted with current theoretical practical

professional knowledge from internal medicine and ability to apply the acquired knowledge in the professional practice and scientific research. Development of critical thinking, autonomy in the implementation of diagnostic and therapeutic procedures and the development of capacity for

teamwork.

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge

Students will acquire the necessary knowledge in the field of internal medicine - pulmonology, cardiology, hematology,

gastroenterology and hepatology, nephrology and clinical immunology and be able to identify the disease and to apply appropriate treatment. Students should be able to manage severely and vitally endangered patients, to establish the diagnosis and to plan and

implement the appropriate therapeutic procedures.

Skills

Students are trained for individual and team work in recognizing the cardiovascular, pulmological, nephrological, endocrinological, gastroenterological, hematological and oncologic disorders, as well as implementation of diagnostic and

therapeutic procedures . .

CO

NT

EN

T O

F T

HE

SU

BJ

EC

T:

Theoretical teaching – methodical units

Introduction to propedeutics ; Medical history

Introduction to propedeutics; physical examination

Hematopoiesis ; Aplastic anemia ; Sideropenic , megaloblast and hemolytic anemia

Agranulocytosis ; Myeloproliferative disorders ;

Myelodysplactic syndrome , acute and chronic leukemia; Lymphomas ; Multiple myeloma ;

Hemorrhagic syndrome

Diseases of the hypothalamic - pituitary axis ; Diseases of the parathyroid glands and metabolic bone disease ;

Diseases of the thyroid gland;

Diseases of the adrenal glands; Carcinoma of the thyroid and parathyroid glands;

Obesity and hyperlipoproteinemia ;

Etiopathogenesis , diagnosis and clinical diabetes; Complications of diabetes;

Treatment of diabetes;

Clinical syndromes and classification, glomerulopathy ; Glomeruolonephritis : acute RPGN , persistent and chronic

Acute and chronic pyelonephritis

Acute and chronic renal failure Immune disorders ; Autoimmune diseases ;

Pharmacological and nutritional allergies

Rheumatoid arthritis ;

Examination of the abdomen , diagnosis of gastrointestinal tract

Diseases of the esophagus; A hiatus hernia ; Gastritis; Stomach

carcinoma ; Peptic ulcer disease;

Diseases of the small intestine and colon;

Pancreatic disease; pancreatitis; carcinoma of the pancreas; Liver disease; Hepatitis; Cirrhosis of the liver;

Diseases of the gallbladder; cholelithiasis; Cholecystitis;

Coronary heart disease and acute myocardial infarction; Heart failure;

Cardiomyopathy;

A heart rhythm disorder; Arterial hypertension;

Acquired heart defects;

Endocarditis and pericarditis; Clinical manifestations of lung disease;

Physiology and pathophysiology of respiration; Chronic bronchitis;

emphysema; bronchial asthma, respiratory failure and chronic pulmonary heart;

Infections of the lower respiratory tract;

Diagnostic methods in pulmonology and diseases of the mediastinum; Lung tumor therapy;

Pulmonary thrombolysis;

Tuberculosis;

History taking , physical examination. HEMATOLOGY Hematopoiesis . Anemia, iron deficiency, anemia , aplastic , megaloblast ,

hemolytic anemia . Agranulocytosis , myeloproliferative disease , myelodysplastic syndrome . Acute and chronic leukemia. Lymphoma ,

multiple myeloma . Hemorrhagic syndrome . Endocrinology . Diseases of the hypothalamus and pituitary gland. Diseases of the parathyroid glands and metabolic diseases of bones. Diseases of the adrenal glands. Obesity and hyperlipoproteinemia . Etiopathogenesis , clinical features

and diagnosis of diabetes complications. Diabetes therapy. NEPHROLOGY . Clinical syndromes and classification glomerulopathy .

Glomerulonephritis, RPGN acute , persistent , chronic . Acute and chronic pyelonephritis , nephrolithiasis . Acute and chronic renal failure . Immune disorders and autoimmune diseases . Pharmacological and nutritional allergy GASTROENTEROLOGY . Methods of examination of the

abdomen . Diagnosis of diseases of the gastrointestinal tract . Diseases of the esophagus. A hiatus hernia . Gastritis , peptic ulcer disease ,

gastric carcinoma . Diseases of the small intestine and colon . Diseases of pancreas, pancreatitis , pancreatic carcinoma . Diseases of the liver, hepatitis and cirrhosis. Diseases of the gallbladder , cholelithiasis , cholecystitis . PULMONOLOGY . The history and physical tests,

diagnostic radiology in pulmonology . Diagnostic bronchoscopy. Microbiological and allergological tests . Acute bronchopulmonary disease ,

pneumonia , bronchiectasis pulmonary thromboembolism . Obstructive pulmonary disease. The definition of chronic bronchitis. Definition and classification of emphysema . Bronchial asthma . Causes , pathophysiological mechanisms of respiratory failure Acute and chronic respiratory

failure, pleural disease , pleural effusions . Pulmonary tuberculosis . General and respiratory symptoms , clinical tuberculous pleurisy .

CARDIOLOGY . Symptomatology of the bloodstream . Etiology of heart and vasculary diseases. Test methods for the cardiovascular system . Heart disorders : congenital and acquired . Rheumatic fever . Endocarditis . Acute and chronic pulmonary heart. Sincopal situation in

cardiology. Arterial hypertension . Coronary disease and acute myocardial infarction, cardiac rhythm diseases of the arteries and veins. Heart

failure and its treatment. Cardiopulmonary resuscitation. Prevention of cardiovascular disease.

Page 67: Study program details 2015

Practical teaching – methodical units

1. Anamnesis (2 pract. ) Physical examination: vital signs, general inspection, examination of the head and neck (1 pract. )

2. Diseases of the cardiovascular system (2 pract. )

3. Diseases of respiratory system(2 pract. ) 4. Diseases of endocrine system and metabolic disorders(2 pract. )

5. Diseases of gastrointestinal system, liver and pancreas(2 pract. )

6. Diseases of kidneys and clinical immunology(2 pract. ) 7. Diseases of hematopoietic organs(2 pract. )

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory 1. Dapčević B. i sar. Interna medicina, Savremena administracija 2012. ; Lecture handouts and notes

Additional

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Pismeni Oral 100

10 20 10 60

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant prof. Associate Prof. Full-Professor Scientist

5 32 / / 14 10 20 /

1. Prof. Dr Slobodan Pavlović 2. Prof. Dr Đorđe Považan

3. Prof. Dr Nevena Sečen

4. Prof. Dr Vesna Kuruc 5. Prof. Dr Stevan Popović

6. Prof. Dr Ljiljana Hadnađev

7. Prof. Dr Zora Petrović 8. Prof. Dr Branka Kovačev Zavišić

9. Prof. Dr Milica Medić Stojanoska

10. Prof. Dr Edita Stokić 11. Prof. Dr Dragan Tešić

12. Prof. Dr Katica Pavlović

13. Prof. Dr Gordana Panić 14. Prof. Dr Slobodan Dodić

15. Prof. Dr Dejan Sakač

16. Prof. Dr Robert Jung 17. Prof. Dr Dušan Jovanović

18. Prof. Dr Igor Mitić

19. Prof. Dr Branislav Perin 20. Prof. Dr Mirna Đurić

21. Prof. Dr Biljana Zvezdin

22. Prof. Dr Tijana Momčilov Popin 23. Prof. Dr Dragan Kovačević

24. Prof. Dr Dragomir Damjanov

25. Prof. Dr Jasna Trifunović

26. Prof. Dr Tatjana Đurđević Mirković

27. Prof. Dr Tatjana Ilić

28. Prof. Dr. Aleksandar Savić 29. Prof. Dr Nada Čemerlić Ađić

30. Prof. Dr Jadranka Dejanović

31. Doc Dr Zora Pavlović Popović 32. Doc. Dr Ivan Kopitović

33. Doc. Dr Svetlana Kašiković Lečić

34. Doc. Dr Lada Petrović 35. Doc. Dr Dušan Božić

36. Doc. Dr Dejan Ćelić

37. Doc. Dr Milena Mitrović 38. Doc. Dr Dragana Tomić Naglić

39. Doc. Dr Ivana Urošević

40. Doc. Dr Anastazija Stojšić Milosavljević 41. Doc. Dr. Milovan Petrović

42. Prof. Dr Igor Ivanov

43. Doc. Dr Bojan Vujin 44. Doc. Dr Ivan Nikolić

45. Asist. Dr Tijana Ičin

46. Asist. mr Jovanka Novaković Paro 47. Asist. mr Radoslav Pejin,

48. Asist. Ivana Bajkin

49. Asist. Bojan Vuković 50. Asist. Dr Violeta Knežević

51. Asist. Dr Biljana Milić

52. Asist. mr Gordana Stražmešter Majstorović 53. Asist. Milica Popović

54. Asist. mr Željka Savić

55. Asist. mr Tatiana Jocić 56. Asist. Tihomir Orlić

57. Asist. Violeta Mihajlović

58. Asist. Olgica Latinović 59. Asist. mr Ivana Milošević

60. Asist. Borivoj Sekulić

61. Asist. Ivanka Perčić 62. Asist. Bogdan Bogdanović

63. Asist. Dr Dušanka Obradović

64. Asist. Dr Miroslav P Ilić 65. Asist. Dr Bojan Zarić

66. Asist. Mr Tatjana Šarčev

67. Asist. mr Daliborka Bursać 68. Asist. Marija Vukoja

69. Asist. Violeta Kolarov

70. Asist. mr Miroslav Bikicki 71. Asist. mr Dragan Debeljački

72. Asist. mr Vladimir Ivanović

73. Asist. Dalibor Somer 74. Asist. Vladimir Vračaraić

75. Asist. Žarko Krnetić

76. Asist. Andrijana Milankov 77. Asist. Đorđe Popović

78. Teaching associate, Snežana Tadić

79. Teaching associate Ivana Kolarov Bjelobrk 80. Teaching associate Tijana Tatić

81. Teaching associate Milena Avramov

82. Teaching associate Marina Dokić

Head of the Department

Prof. dr Milica Medić Stojanoska

Page 68: Study program details 2015

26. GENERAL MEDICINE (StIII-OMED) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of general medicine

NAME OF SUBJECT GENERAL MEDICINE

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Compulsory

Condition General and Oral Pathology, Pathophysiology, General Pharmacology

Year of

studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

ECTS credits

Lectures Pract. Lectures. Pract.

third 3 2 - - - - 5, 0

Methods of conducting teaching Theoretical teaching, practical teaching

GO

A

L

To introduce students with basic knowledge of the following items: dermatology, neurology, infectious diseases, pediatrics, psychiatry and gynecology, as well as introduction to the organization of primary health care and health centers, which will enable high quality and

professional work after undergraduate.

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge

Students should acquire knowledge in these subjects that will enable them to perform reliable differential diagnosis of dental

diseases. Also, they must acquire sufficient knowledge in the field of general medicine, which will provide basis to clinical

courses in the process of study. Students should know the etiology, clinical picture of the disease, the necessary laboratory and other tests with a purpose of establishing the diagnosis, as well as basic principles of therapy.

Skills

Developing skills of conversation with patients, taking medical history and establishing the diagnostic hypothesis and differential

diagnosis. Internal, neurological, psychiatric and pediatric examination, taking swabs of the ear, nose, skin changes, making microscopic preparations . . . Methods of lumbar puncture, puncture and incision of skin changes, administration of i. m

and i. v. injection. Knowing how to interpret routine laboratory findings, bacteriological and virological findings, and x-ray etc.

Distinguishing efflorescentiations on the skin. Identifying psychiatric and neurological conditions in patients.

CONTENT OF THE SUBJECT:: Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1. DERMATOLOGY:

Parasitic, fungal and bacterial skin diseases; viral skin diseases; Erythemosquamous dermatitis, Papulous dermatitis; Allergodermatoses; Bullous dermatoses; Autoimmune skin diseases; Circiulary skin diseases; Skin Tumors; Changes in the mucous membranes in the mouth; Allergic

changes in the oropharyngeal mucosa; Sexually transmitted diseases.

2. INFECTIOUS DISEASES: The syndrome of angina; Infectious mononucleosis and herpes virus infections; Parotitis epidemica; neuroinfections and meningeal

syndrome; tetanus and botulism; HIV and AIDS, General characteristics of viral infection; Viral hepatitis A, B, C, D and E. 3. NEUROLOGY

Cranial nerves; Headaches and neuralgia; Epileps; Cerebrovascular disease; Extrapyramidal disorders. 4. PEDIATRICS

Haemostasis disorders, allergy to local anesthetics and hereditary angioedem; Mmetabolic disease:, Chronic diseases; Children with hereditary

diseases and congenital defects; Phuysiology and pathology of saliva immunosecretion; Convulsions. 5. OBGYN

Nutrition in pregnancy; Dental care during pregnancy.

6. HEALTH CENTER Role of preventive and curative dental care institution

Practical teaching – methodical units

Taking a medical history and interpretation of data; objective examination of the skin and visible mucous membranes ; efflorescence ; palpation of the

regional lymph glands ; vitopressure technique and interpretation of findings; skin scraping technique and the interpretation of findings; technique of

taking material for native microscopic examination; electrocauterizaton techniques; excochleation techniques ; the basic principles of local

dermatological therapy . Medical history and epidemiological surveys ; physical examination, with special emphasis on the examination of the head and neck ; meningeal signs ;

exanthema and enantanhema , prevention and prophylaxis of infectious diseases - and post-exposure prophylaxis, vaccination .

Neurological examination ; cranial nerves , cerebrovascular diseases, epilepsy ; headaches and neuralgia Taking a psychiatric history ; anxiety disorders ; mood disorders

A history of pediatric patients ; review of infant and child; haemophilia and thrombocytopenia ; diabetes in dentistry ; chronic diseases, allergic and

immunogenic disease , disorders of bone development .

Page 69: Study program details 2015

RECOMMENDED

READING

Compulsory

1. Doder R, Đuran V (urednici): Opšta medicina za studente stomatologije, Udžbenik, Univerzitet u

Novom Sadu, Medicinski fakultet, Novi Sad, 2010.

2. Doder R, Đuran V (urednici): Opšta medicina-test pitanja za studente stomatologije, Univerzitet u

Novom Sadu, Medicinski fakultet, Novi Sad, 2010.

Additional

1. Lalević-Vasić B. i sar. Dermatovenerologija sa propedevtikom. Udžbenik za studente medicine, III

izmenjeno i dopunjeno izdanje, Savremena administracija, a. d. , Beograd, 2006;1:1-372

2. Poljački M, Jovanović M, Đuran V. Novine u dijagnostici i terapiji dermatoloških oboljenja, Novi Sad, Artas, Novi Sad, 2006;1:1-107

3. Brkić S. Infektivne bolesti za studente stomatologije, Univerzitet u Novom Sadu, Medicinski

fakultet, Futura, Novi Sad, 2007 4. Brkić S. i sar. Infektivne bolesti kroz test pitanja. Univerzitet u Novom Sadu, Medicinski fakultet,

2002

5. Kostić V. Neurologija za studente medicine, Medicinski fakultet Beograd, 2007 6. Knežević A. Psihijatrija-udžbenik za studente medicine, Univerzitet u Novom Sadu, Medicinski

fakultet, II izdanje, 2007

7. Jobanović Privrodski J. Pedijatraja za studente medicine, Univerzitet u Novom sadu, Medicinski fakultet, N. Sad 2012.

8. Vulović M. Preventivna stomatologija, Beograd, Draslar, 2005

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Written Oral

100 20 20 101 50(+10)1

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

1 16 7 9 14

Clinic for Dermatovenerology Prof. dr Verica Đuran

Prof. dr Marina Jovanović Prof. dr Slobodan Stojanović

Prof. dr Prof. dr Milan Matić

Zorica Gajinov Prof. dr Sonja Prćić

Ass. dr Milica Subotić

Ass. dr Aleksandra Petrović Ass. dr Zoran Golušin

Ass. dr Milana Ivkov Simić

Ass. dr Ljuba Vujanović

Clinic for Infectious diseases

Prof. dr Vesna Turkulov

Prof. dr Jovana Jovanović Prof. dr Milotka Fabri

Prof. dr Grozdana Čanak

Prof. dr Jovan Vukadinov Prof. dr Snežana Brkić

Prof. dr Dejan Cvetković

Prof. dr Radoslava Doder

Prof. dr Sandra Stefan-Mikić

Prof. dr Siniša Sević

Prof. dr Tomislav Preveden Prof. dr Nadica Kovačević

Ass. dr Slavica Tomić

Ass. dr Maja Ružić Ass. dr Daniela Marić

Clinic for Neurology

Milan Cvijanović, Petar Slankamenac,

Ksenija Božić,

Ivana Divjak, Tamara Rabi Žikić,

Aleksanadr Kopitović,

Dragana Stefanović, Zita Jovin,

Aleksanadr Jovanović,

Aleksanadr Ješić,

Department of Psychiatry

Prof. dr Branislava Soldatović Stajić,

Prof. dr Mina Cvjetković Bonjjak, Ass. dr Đenđi Silađi Mladenović,

Institute for Health Protection of Children and Youth

Prof. dr Jadranka Jovanović Privrodski Prof. dr Jovan Vlaški

Prof. dr Nada Konstatinidis

Prof. dr Marija Knežević Pogančev

Ass. dr Gordana Vijatov Đurić

Ass. dr Danijela Jojkić Pavkov

Clinic for Gynecology Prof. dr Aleksandra Novakov Mikić

Health Center Novi Sad

Prof. dr Matilda Vojnović

1 If the student passes the test, the points are added to the points acquired at final exam

Head of the Department

Prof. dr Radoslava Doder

Page 70: Study program details 2015

27. DENTAL MATERIALS (StIII-STMT) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of dentistry

NAME OF SUBJECT DENTAL MATERIALS

STATUS OF THE SUBJECT Compulsory

Condition Prosthodontics-preclinics (exam)

Year of studies Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week)

No. of tests No. of seminars

ECTS credits

Lectures Pract. Lectures. Pract.

third 2 1 - - 2 2 3, 0

Methods of teaching Theoretical teaching, Practical teaching

GO

A

L

To introduce students with basic knowledge of characteristics of dental materials and basic principlesof their clinical application..

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge

Students will acquire basic knowledge about the characteristics and clinical aplication of dental materials. They will be trained to

select the adequate dental material with special emphasis on the identification of biocompatible materials that will not be harmful to

the patient.

Skills Training of methods and techniques of application of dental materials with special emphasis on working-time, setting time,

consistency, mixing procedure ...

CO

NT

EN

T O

F T

HE

SU

BJ

EC

T

Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1.Standards for dental materials . EU directive , CE Mark , ISO standards , GCP , GMP standard Biocompatibility of dental materials . The terms: medical devices , dental materials , biomaterials, toxicity , biocompatibility . Tests for

evaluation of biocompatibility of dental materials

2.Physical properties of dental materials. Materials loading, Tensile, compressive and shear stresses, torsion loads. Fracture stress-strength, strain. Diagram of stress and strain. (modulus of elasticity, elastic limit, yield stress, ductility).

3. Fatigue stress. Fracture toughness and impact strength..( Brinnel, Vickers, Knuph and Rockwell rest). Viscosity, viscoelasticity, flow and

“relaxation” of the material by flow. 4. Thermal properties of the material. Thermal conductivity, thermal diffusivity, coefficient of thermal expansion. Adhesion.

Intermolecular forces. Influence of intermolecular forces on the physical properties of the material.

5.Color, hue, chrome and brightness Color spectrum and human eye sensitivity.Coeficient of the reflexion, absorption, transmission, translucency, fluoresces, Refractory index. Structure of dental ceramics. Cristal structure, amorph structure.

6.Chemical reactions while setting of dental materials.Neutralization as a basic chemical reaction in the process of cement solidification.

Chelation as the main reaction in the process of solidification of zinc -oxide -eugenol paste, EBA and polycarboxilate cements. Polymerization as a basic reaction in solidification of acrylic , composites and elastic impression materials or in combination with the

neutralization and chelation of polycarboxylate and glass-ionomer cement. Corrosion of dental materials . Electrochemical aspects of corrosion ,

forming of microgalvanic current , galvanic corrosion, browning , decay and passivation of metals . Electrolysis compensation. 7.Nanostructured biomaterials in dentistry. Composition, characteristics and clinical application.

8. Materials for application in dental restoration manufacturing using modern technologies and computer –guided systems. Acquiring practical

knowledge about types of material and their application . 9. Composition and seting reaction of dental cements, composites and compomers. Dental composites and compomers, classification, phisical and

chemical properties. Adhesive systems. Bonding of dental composites to dental tissue.

10. Dental amalgam . Requirements , classification , amalgamation , clinical characteristics , the process of clinical work with amalgam , method of packaging , dosage and the factors that affect the quality of amalgam fillings .Materials for endodontic procedure.

11. Elastic impression materials. Thermoplastics, Zinc-oxide-eugenol paste. Characteristics, use, disadvantages. Disinfectants.

Elastic impression materials. Reversible and irreversible hydrocolloids. Elastomers: Silicone (condensing, addition, polyethers and polysulfides. Cements . Classification, characteristics . Zinc phosphate cements, Zinc oxide eugenol cements, silicophosphate cements,

polycarboxylate and glass ionomer cements.thermoplastic materials, ZOE pastes.

12. Material for making working models. White, hard and improved hard gypsum. Characteristics, composition, method of acquisition, properties. Other materials for making working model (resin cements). Materials for dental devices models . Waxes for modeling an synthetic

resinsfor dental devices models. 13. Investment materials- refractory materials. Low temperature and high temperature refractory materials. Bonding, termal and hygroscopic

expansion of refractory materials. Acrylic resins . Requirements , classification, composition , characteristics, dimensional change, porosity,

materials for lining ( conditioners and liners ) . 14. Dental alloys . Classification, distribution alloys : standards , the content of precious metal , the chemical composition . Requirements for

dental alloys . Different types of alloys used in dental practice.

Ceramic materials . Requirements , classification, composition . Properties of ceramic materials in metal - ceramic and ceramic systems. Machine-processable ceramics . Materials for processing and polishing . Cutting instruments , design , abrasive effect. Natural or artificial

abrasive materials . Material for sandblasting and polishing (mechanical and electrolytic ) .

15. Materials in implantology. Types of material and their application. Tuissue response to different types of dental materials.

Page 71: Study program details 2015

Practical teaching – methodical units

1. Examination of physical properties of dental materials . Tensile, compressive and shear stresses, torsion loads. Fracture stress-strength,

strain. Diagram of stress and strain.

2. Examination of physical properties of dental materials . Investigation of fatigue , fracture toughness and impact strength, viscosity and

viscoelasticity. 3. Nonelastic impression materials. Practical work with nonelastic impression materials (thermoplastic materials, zinc oxide eugeniol pastes,

disinfection of the impressions).

4. Elastomeric impression materials . Practical work with hydrocolloids, silicones and polyether . 5 .Materials for working models (dental casts). Practical work with materials for dental casts. Materials for modeling of dental devices, wax

and resin. Practical work .

6. Refractory mass – investment material. Practical work with low temperature and high temperature investment material. Dental alloys. Principles of work with dental alloys.

7. Acrylic materials for denture base. Practical work with acrylic material for denture base .

8. Acrylic materials for direct relining of the dentures (hard and soft acrylic reliners). Practical work with acrylic materials for direct and indirect relining of the denture . 9. Dental cements. Practical work with different types of dental cement. 10. Practical work with materials for application in dental restoration manufacturing using modern technology and computer –guided systems. Acquiring practical knowledge about the types of material and their application .

11. Materials in implantology. Acquiring practical knowledge about types of material and their application.

12. Dental amalgam. Practical work with dental amalgam. 13. Composite materials. Practical work with bonding systems, composite materials for dental fillings and sealants .

14. The materials in endodontics. Practical work with materials which are used in endodontics . Materials for temporary filling . Practical

work with materials for temporary fillings . 15. Nanostructured biomaterials in dentistry . Introduction to clinical application.

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory 1. Applied dental materials. John F. McCabe and Agnus WG Walls, Blackwell Munksgaard , 2008.

Additional 1.Stamenković D, Stomatološki materijali, Zavod za udzbenike i nastavna sredstva, Beograd 2003.

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

2 5

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

7 2 1

1. Doc.. dr Tatjana Puskar 2. Prof. dr Aleksandar Đorđević Faculty of Natural Sciences

3. Doc. dr Igor Stojanac

4. Doc. dr Milan Drobac 5. Doc. dr Igor Budak Faculty of Technical Sciences

6. Doc. dr Sebastijan Balaš Faculty of Technical Sciences

7. Doc. dr Bojana Milekić 8. Doc. dr Branislava Petronijević

9. Asist res Michal Potran

Head of the Department

Prof. Dr Đorđe Petrović

Page 72: Study program details 2015

DENTAL ANESTHESIOLOGY (StIII-STAN) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies of dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of Surgery

NAME OF SUBJECT DENTAL ANESTHESIOLOGY

STATUS OF THE SUBJECT Compulsory

Condition General Pharmacology, Special Pharmacology (exam)

Year of studies

Winter term (No.of the lessons per week Summer term (No.of the lessons per

week) No.of tests No.of seminars

seminara No.of seminars

POINTS Lectures Exercises Lectures. Exercises

third 0 0 1 1 - - 1,0

Methods of conducting teaching Theoretical, practical and video presentation

GO

A

L

Mastering the theoretical knowledge and practical skills application of local anesthesia in dental practice. Prevention, identification and treatment of complications of local anesthesia. Selection of local anesthetics

PU

RP

OSE

Knowledge Adoption of theoretical knowledge in the domain of dental anesthesia in preparation for practical work in dental practice.

Skills Learning practical skills in the application of local, regional and general anesthesia in dental practice.

CONTENT OF THE SUBJECT:: Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1. The opening hour , the content and scope of the course, definition of local anesthesia and local analgesia – 1hr 2. Anatomy - innervation and osteology of face and jaw – 1hr

3. Innervation zones of the upper and lower jaw – 1hr

4. Accessories and equipment for local anesthesia - syringes , carpule-syringes , electronic syringe,pins, carpule-needles, ampules, carpules – 1hr 5. Classification of local anesthetic and the indications for operation , superficial anesthesia – 1hr

6. Infiltration ( terminal ) anesthesia in the maxilla – 2hrs

7. Infiltration ( terminal ) anesthesia in the mandible ,– 2hrs

8. Local complications during anesthesia – 1hr

9. Local anesthetic solutions LAR , definition , structure , development , classification, pharmacological marking,– 1hr

10. The mechanism of action of local anesthetics and desirable pharmacological properties – 1hr 11. Systemic effects of local anesthetics , the absolute and relative contraindications for the application of a local anesthetic and a vasoconstrictor ,

the selection of anesthetic in patients at risk– 1hr

12. Toxic reactions CNS and CVS to LAR protocol operation and treatment – 1hr 13. Allergy to LAR, working protocol and treatment – 1hr

Practical teaching – methodical units

1. Pre-clinical application of terminal anesthesia (video presentation) - 2hrs

2. Accessories for the application of local anesthesia (syringes, needles, ampoules and carpules) - 1hr

3. The demonstration of the technique on patients - in both jaws - 3hrs

4. Mandatory knowledge test (innervation zones, plexus anesthesia, conductive mandibular anesthesia, indirect method - - 2hrs

5. Applying anesthesia in patients under supervision (each student should give at least one plexus anesthesia and conductive mandibular

anesthesia by indirect method) -- 7hrs

RECOMMANDE

D READING

Compulsory

Todorović Lj., Petrović V., Avramović K., Stajčić Z.: Anestezija u stomatologiji. Zavod za udžbenike i nastavna sredstva. Beograd, 1990, 2004

Additional Stanley F. Malamed, Handbook of Local anesthesia. Fuorth edition, Mosby, 1997

Evaluation of students' work – No.of points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Exercises Test Seminar paper The rest Written Oral 100

15 20 15 - 50

List of teachers and assistents

Associate Assistent Lecturer Assistant Prof. Associate prof. Full Professor Scientist

0 0 0 2 0 1 0

Prof. Dr Srećko Selaković Doc. Dr Ivan Šarčev

Doc. Dr Branislav Bajkin

Page 73: Study program details 2015

Head of the Department

Prof. dr Đorđe Petrović

Page 74: Study program details 2015

29. ANAESTHESIA AND PERIOPERATIVE MEDICINE (StIII-APN) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of surgery

NAME OF SUBJECT ANAESTHESIA AND PERIOPERATIVE MEDICINE

STATUS OF THE SUBJECT Compulsory

Condition General Pharmacology, Special Pharmacology (exam)

Year of

studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

ECTS credits

Lectures Pract. Lectures. Pract.

third 0 0 1 1 - - 2, 0

Methods of conducting teaching Theoretical, practical and Seminars

GO

A

L

Training future dentist in the field of preoperative preparation and evaluation of surgical patients. Inform students on the techniques of general and regional anesthesia. Therapy of acute and chronic pain. Cardiopulmonary resuscitation.

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge Preoperative evaluation and preparation of surgical patients. Specificities of general and regional anesthesia. Assessment and therapy of acute and chronic pain.

Skills

Cardiopulmonary resuscitation in all age categories and specific clinical conditions. Securing of airways and venous pathways.

Other methods of drug administration. Algorithm of preoperative preparation. Assessment of postoperative pain and appropriate therapy

CONTENT OF THE SUBJECT:: Theoretical teaching – methodical units

2. Preoperative preparation of the patient.

3. Modalities of general anesthesia; anesthetics and drugs used during general anesthesia; complications of general anesthesia and

postoperative monitoring 4. Sedation and analgosedation

5. Acute and chronic pain and appropriate therapy

6. Allergic reactions and therapy 7. Shock (definition, classification, stages, treatment); Sepsis (definition, classification, stages, treatment);

8. Intravenous pathways (types, techniques, equipment, complications)

9. Basic and advanced resuscitation measures (2 hrs) 10. Airways (methods and instrumentation for securing airways, complications) (2 hrs)

Practical teaching – methodical units

Practical training is conducted using simulation mannequins in the outpatients department for preoperative preparation and operation rooms

1. Algorithm of preoperative preparation

2. Intravenous pathways (types, techniques, equipment, complications) 3. Intramuscular and other types of drug administration

4. Airways – practicing using simulation mannequins

5. Monitoring of patients in general anesthesia and analgosedated patients 6. Assessment and therapy of acute and chronic pain

7. CPCR in adults

8. CPCR in children

RECOMMANDE

D READING

Compulsory Heith Allman Iain Wilson Oxford handbook of anaesthesia, Oxford university press 2011.

Additional

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

15 30 0 0 0 0 65

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Professor Assistant Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

0 7 0 0 3 0 2 0

1. Asist. Dr Gordana Jovanović

2. Asist. Dr Ana Uram Benka

3. Asist. Dr Arsen Uvelin 4. Asist. Dr Izabela Favri

5. Asist. Dr Teodora Božić

6. Asist. Dr Radmila Kosanović

7. Prof. Dr Ljiljana Gvѕdenović

8. Prpf. Dr Biljana Drašković

9. Doc. Dr Biljana Daničić 10. Doc. Dr Milanka Tatić

11. Doc. Dr Dragana Radovanović

12. Doc. Dr Sanja Vicković

Head of the Department

Prof. dr Janko Pasternak

Page 75: Study program details 2015
Page 76: Study program details 2015

30. SURGERY (StIII-HIR) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of surgery

NAME OF SUBJECT SURGERY

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Compulsory

Condition General and Oral Pathology, Pathophysiology, General pharmacology, radiology (exam)

Year of

studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

ECTS credits

Lectures Pract. Lectures. Pract.

third - - 1 2 - - 3, 0

Methods of conducting teaching

GO

A

L

Mastering the basic theoretical knowledge and skills in managing patients in all surgical branches.

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge Adoption of necessary knowledge in all surgical disciplines necessary for learning basic skills in the care of surgical patients.

Skills Mastering the basic knowledge and practical skills necessary for the adoption of the care of surgical patients.

CONTENT OF THE SUBJECT:: Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1. Asepsis in surgery, surgical diagnosis and semiology

2. Closed and open injuries

3. Infections in surgery, thermal and electrical injury 4. Surgical terminology and types of surgical procedures;

5. Basics of abdominal surgery, abdominal trauma

6. Basics of urology; basis of vascular surgery 7. Basics of neurosurgery, neurotrauma

8. Basics of orthopedic surgery, bone-joints injuries

9. Basics of plastic and reconstructive surgery; replantation surgery 10. Surgical principles in oncology

11. Basics of thoracic surgery and neck surgery

12. Basic characteristics of surgery of developmental period 13. Organization of the management of injured patients

14. War surgical doctrine, war wounds and specific war injuries

Practical teaching – methodical units

1. P rinciples, methods and means of sterilization, physical examination of surgical patients

2. Access and initial management of injuries, surgical treatment of wounds 3. Management of local surgical infection; initial management of patient with burns

4. Operation room at work; implants in surgery

5. Diagnostic and surgical treatment of patients with abdominal diseases and injuries 6. Aspects of surgical treatment of patients with diseases and injuries of the urogenital tract; aspects of surgical treatment of patients with

acute diseases and injuries of blood vessels

7. Aspects of surgical treatment of injuries from the trauma of the central and peripheral nervous system 8. Measurement in orthopedics; the aspects of prehospital, , the initial hospital and surgical treatment of patients with osteoarticular

injury

9. Aspects of surgical treatment of injured or diseased patients in the field of plastic-reconstructive surgery and replantation surgery 10. Methods for early detection of cancer

11. Aspects of surgical treatment of patients with injuries and diseases of chest and neck

12. Aspects of surgical treatment of patients and injuries in developmental period 13. Management of the injured; categorization and priorities in the care of injured

14. Organization of management of wounded patients in conditions of war, specific surgical treatment of war wounds

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory 1. Gerzić Z. i Dragović B. Osnovi hirurgije, Medicinska knjiga, Beograd, 1996. 2. Petković S. i Bukurov S. Hirurgija – udžbenik za medicinare i lekare, Medicinska knjiga, Beograd, 1990.

Additional

1. Dufour D. , Kromann Jensen S. , Owen-Smith M. , Salmela J. , Stening G. F. , Zetterstrom B. Hirurško

zbrinjavanje povredjenih u ratu, Medjunarodni Komitet Crvenog Krsta, Ženeva, 1994. (translated into Serbian)

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

10 30 / / 10 50

Page 77: Study program details 2015

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Professor Assistant Prof Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

30 19 15 23

1. Prof. dr Slobodan Grebeldinger 2. Prof. dr Milan Stanković

3. Prof. dr Đorđe Jajić

4. Prof. dr Milana Obradović-Tomašev 5. Prof. dr Goran Ercegan

6. Prof. dr Tibor Somer

7. Prof. dr Dejan Ivanov 8. Prof. dr Stamenko Šušak

9. Prof. dr Smiljana Marinković

10. Prof. dr Jasenko Đozić 11. Prof. dr Milan Breberina

12. Prof. dr Radovan Cvijanović

13. Prof. dr Goran Marušić 14. Prof. dr Ljiljana Gvozdenović

15. Prof. dr Zlata Janjić

16. Prof. dr Zoltan Horvat 17. Prof. dr Pavle Milošević

18. Prof. dr Bogoljub Mihajlović

19. Prof. dr Pavle Kovačević 20. Prof. dr Dragan Savić

21. Prof. dr Lazar Petković

22. Prof. dr Svetozar Sečen 23. Prof. dr Dušanka Dobanovački

24. Prof. dr Tomislav Cigić

25. Prof. dr Miroslav Milankov 26. Prof. dr Petar Vuleković

27. Prof. dr Katarina Šarčev

28. Prof. dr Zoran Milošević 29. Prof. dr Biljana Drašković

30. Prof. dr Pavle Jeremić

31. Prof. dr Miroslav Ilić 32. Prof. dr Đorđe Gajdobranski

33. Prof. dr Tomislav Petrović

34. Prof. dr Vuk Sekulić 35. Prof. dr Aleksandar Milovančev

36. Prof. dr Jan Varga

37. Prof. dr Radoica Jokić 38. Doc. dr Svetlana Bukarica

39. Doc. dr Aleksandar Komarčević

40. Doc. dr Ferenc Vicko 41. Doc. dr Miloš Koledin

42. Doc. dr Biljana Daničić

43. Doc. dr Janko Pasternak 44. Doc. dr Radovan Veljković

45. Doc. dr Aleksandar Redžek

46. Doc. dr Vladimir Harhaji 47. Doc. dr Srđan Ninković

48. Doc. dr Milan Korica

49. Doc. dr Milanka Tatić

50. Doc. dr Saša Vojinov

51. Doc. dr Dušan Marić

52. Doc. dr Dejan Đurić 53. Doc. dr Ivan Levakov

54. Doc. dr Jovo Bogdanović

55. Doc. dr Mladen Jovanović 56. Doc. dr Dragana Radovanović

57. As. dr Nemanja Kovačev

58. As. dr Izabela Fabri 59. As. dr Teodora Božić

60. As. dr Radmila Popović

61. As. dr Dragan Momčilović 62. As. dr Milenko Rosić

63. As dr Sanja Vicković

64. As dr Jelena Antić 65. As dr Milorad Bijelović

66. As dr Ivan Kuhajda

67. As dr Mlađan Protić 68. As dr Aleksandar Marcikić

69. As dr Goran Petaković

70. As dr Aleksandar Gluhović 71. As dr Duško Manić

72. As dr Nataša Janjić

73. As dr Arsen Uvelin 74. As dr Dragan Nikolić

75. As dr Lazar Velicki

76. As dr Gordana Jovanović 77. As dr Zoran Gojković

78. As dr Predrag Rašović

79. As dr Ana Uram Benka 80. As dr Đula Đilvesi

81. As dr Vladimir Papić

82. As dr Đorđe Milošević 83. As dr Srđan Živojnov

84. As dr Dimitrije Jeremić

85. As dr Jelena Nikolić 86. As. dr Vukadin Milankov

Head of the Department

Prof. dr Janko Pasternak

Page 78: Study program details 2015

31. OTORHINOLARYNGOLOGY (STIII-ORL) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of otorhinolaryngology

NAME OF SUBJECT OTORHINOLARYNGOLOGY

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Compulsory

Condition General and oral pathology, general pharmacology, radiology (exam)

Year of studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

ECTS credits Lectures Pract. Lectures. Pract.

third - - 2 2 3 4, 0

Methods of conducting teaching Theoretical lectures, seminars, practical Pract.

GO

A

L

Teach students to recognize the clinical picture, understand the etiology and pathogenesis of various pathological conditions, control of

diagnostic procedures and therapy of diseases of the head and neck

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge In everyday clinical practice can recognize and treat many diseases of head and neck

Skills To master the skills required for the conservative surgical treatment of diseases of the head and neck

CONTENT OF THE SUBJECT:: Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1. Anatomy and physiology of the ear. Diagnostics of ontological diseases.

2. Injuries of the ear. Foreign bodies of the external hearing canal and cerumen. 3. Acute inflammation of the outer and middle ear

4. Chronic inflammation of the middle ear

5. Otogenic complications 6. Inner ear disease. Benign and malignant tumors of the outer, middle and inner ear

7. Audiology. Vestibulology

8. Anatomy and physiology of the nose and paranasal cavities. Congenital and acquired malformations of the nose 9. Foreign body in the nose. Injuries of the nose. Bleeding from the nose. Inflammation of the skin of the nose.

10. Facial injuries

11. Acute and chronic inflammation of nasal mucosa. Allergic rhinitis. Nasal polyps. 12. Acute and chronic inflammation of the paranasal cavities. Complications associated with paranasal cavity inflammations

13. Rare diseases of the nose and paranasal cavities. Tumors of the nose and paranasal cavities)

14. Anatomy and Physiology of oral cavity and pharynx. Reticulo-endothelial function of muscle. Hypertrophy of the lymphatic ring. Taste disorders.

15. Congenital anomalies of the oral cavity and pharynx. Injuries of oral cavity and pharynx. Inflammatory diseases of the oral cavity.

Autoimmune diseases of the oral cavity 16. Tonsillar problem. Acute and chronic inflammation of throat mucosa. Throat abscesses.

17. Diseases of the tongue. Tumors of oral cavity. Tongue tumors.

18. Acute and chronic inflammation of throat mucosa. Neurogenic throat disorders. Non-infectious throat diseases. 19. Tumors of the epipharynx and mesopharynx.

20. Anatomy and physiology of the larynx. Diagnostic methods in laryngology and phoniatrics. Symptoms of larynx diseases and voice and

speech disorders. Congenital malformations of the larynx. 21. Laryngeal edema. Laryngeal paralysis. Laryngeal trauma.

22. Acute and chronic inflammatory processes of the larynx

23. Benign tumors of the larynx. Pseudo tumors of the larynx. Malignant tumors of the larynx and hypopharynx. 24. Basics of phoniatrics

25. Foreign bodies of the laryngotracheal tree. Stenosis of the larynx and trachea. Coniotomy and tracheotomy.

26. Esophageal motility disorders. Dysphagia. Esophageal diverticulum. Injuries and foreign bodies of the esophagus. Esophageal tumors.

27. Topographic anatomy of the neck. Congenital cysts and fistula in the neck. Lymphadenitis. Neck abscesses. Neck trauma.

28. Lymph nodes in the neck. Neck lymph node metastases. 29. Anatomy and Physiology of salivary glands. Acute and chronic inflammatory processes of salivary glands.

30. Benign and malignant tumors of the salivary glands.

Practical teaching – methodical units

1. Introduction to practical otorhinolaryngology classes. Anamnesis.

2. Working place. (head mirror, light source, the position of patients. Optical aids. Directoscop . Microscope) 3. Examination of the nose, mouth and oropharynx, ear, larynx, neck

4. Interventions in rhinology (extraction of foreign bodies of the nose, method of evacuation of secretions from the nose and sinuses according to Protz,

Aerosol Therapy of rhinosinusitis, application of nose drops). X-ray of the nose and paranasal cavities - the interpretation of the results 10. Stopping the nosebleed

11. Rhinomanometry, allergy testing of patients. Patients with injuries of the nose and sinuses, reposition of nasal bones. Displaying patients with

frontoenthmoidal injuries. Patients with sinusogenic complications 12. Functional endonasal sinus surgery and surgery of paranasal cavities. Patients with benign and malignant tumors of the nose and sinuses

13. Interventions in the oral cavity and pharynx, extraction of foreign bodies. Interventions in the oral cavity and throat, incision of the peritoneal

abscess 14. Patients with acute and chronic tonsilitis. Patients with phlegmon and neck abscess

15. Patients with throat tumors, muscle, biopsy of the tumor in oral cavity and pharynx. Diagnostic procedures and principles of surgical treatment

of patients with throat tumors

Page 79: Study program details 2015

16. Patients with facial injuries, X-ray diagnosis of parapharyngeal space tumors . Patients with salivary gland tumors. Post-operative care of patients

after surgery in the region of oral cavity and maxilla. Wound/local hygiene, diet. 17. Diagnosing throat diseases, clinical diagnostics, ultrasound, X-ray diagnosis. Patients with cervical metastases. Neck dissection.

18. Rinsing foreign bodies and cerumena from external ear canal. Local therapy of ear surpuration. Management of outer and middle ear injuries,

incision of othematoma, setting the sterile strips. Paracentesis. X-Ray diagnostics of otological diseases, interpretation of basic X-ray scans. Politzer methods. Quantitative and qualitative methods for hearing evaluation. Evaluation of hearing through whispering and loud speech. Tuning fork tests

(Weber, Rhinne, Schwabach, Gele). Tonal audiometry, types of hearing impairments, types of audiograms

19. Impedancemetry, Tympanometry and typical curves, stapedius reflex 20. Examination of vestibular apparatus, orthostatic and dynamostatic tests, calorie test (Dix Hallpike), electronystagmography

21. Directoscopy of the larynx, laringomicroscopy. Diagnostics of laryngeal and hypopharyngeal tumors. X-ray diagnosis of the diseases of the larynx

and hypopharynx. Ultrasound diagnostics of the neck. Biopsy of laryngeal and hypopharyngeal tumors 22. Treatment of acute inflammation of the larynx, inhalation therapy. Treatment of acute laryngeal edema in children and adults, subglottic

laryngitis, Quincke laryngeal edema

23. Endoscopic surgery of laryngeal tumors and pseudotumors. Surgical therapy of tumors of the larynx, post-operative care of patients after laryngectomy, nasogastric probe, tracheostoma, rehabilitation of swallowing

24. Videostroboscopy, dysphonia treatment . . Speech of patients underwent laryngoectomy, laryngophone, esophageal voice and speech, vocal

prosthesis 25. Foreign bodies in the airways, diagnosis and therapy

26. Tracheostomy, demonstration of surgical intervention, postoperative care of patients underwent tracheotomy, replacement of cannula

27. Foreign bodies of the esophagus, diagnosis and extraction 28. Corrosive injuries of the oral cavity, pharynx and esophagus, first aid in corrosive injuries, diagnosis and treatment of corrosive injuries,

therapy of late complication of corrosive injuries of the esophagus

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory 1. Jović R, Dankuc D, Vlaški Lj, Komazec Z. . Otorinolaringologija. Hirurgija glave i vrata. Medicinski

fakultet Novi Sad 2011.

Additional 1. Probst R, Grebers G, Iro H. Basic Otorhinolaryngology. Thieme, 2006.

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

20 10 3x5 55

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

2 6 1 3

1. Prof dr Rajko Jović

2. Prof. dr Ljiljana Vlaški 3. Prof. dr Dragan Dankuc

4. Prof. dr Zoran Komazec

5. Prof. dr Gordana Mumović 6. Prof. dr Slobodan Mitrović

7. Prof. dr Slobodan Savović

8. Doc. dr Vladimir Kljajić 9. Doc. dr Slobodanka Lemajić Komazec

10. Doc. dr Maja Buljčik-Čupić

1. Asist. mr dr Ljiljana Jovančević 2. Asist. mr dr Danijela Dragičević

Head of the Department Prof. dr Zoran Komazec

Page 80: Study program details 2015

32. PUBLIC HEALTH (StIII-JZDR)

STUDY PROGRAM Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of Dentistry

COURSE TITLE Public health

COURSE STATUS Compulsory

Condition: no

Year of study Winter sem. (hrs/week) Summer sem. (hrs/week)

Number of tests Number of

seminars

Number of

POINTS Lectures Practice Lectures Practice

third - - 3 1 - 2 4

Methods of teaching Lectures, practice, seminars

GO

AL

Education of dentists in the area of promoting dental and oral apparatus health, health care of dental service customers and employees in dental

health institutions. Introduction to the organization of health services.

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge In the field of health promotion, risk management in dental practice, health care of the employees, prevention of hospital acquired infections.

Skills Communications, health promotion, risk analysis, prevention of dental and oral apparatus disease.

CO

UR

SE

CO

NT

EN

T

Theoretical teaching - methodical units

Public health. Health and quality of life. Concept and strategy “Health for all in XXI century”

Health promotion. Health education. Planning and programming of healthcare.

Communication in healthcare. Health protection and factors influencing the health protection achievement. Organization of health service. Criteria for evaluation of socio-medical importance of oral diseases. Methodologies for prevention and control of massive non infectious

diseases. Financing of health protection.

Reforms of the healthcare system Definition, objectives and tasks of epidemiology. Epidemiology models. Infection chain. Epidemiology of malignant tumors.

Prevention and control of infectious diseases. Immunization. National pathology.

Epidemiology of infectious diseases of importance for dentistry practice. Epidemiology of nosocomial infections. Viruses in the environment. Micriobial safety of water. Microbiological safety of food and alimentary toxicoinfections (causative agents).

Sterilization and disinfection in microbiology – practice.

Public health and hygiene. Health 2020. Hygiene and health. Health safety of drinking water. Disposal of hazardous waste in accordance with principles of hygiene.

Energy needs of different population groups. Nutrients. Vitamins. Minerals.

Health safety of food. Dietary supplements. Items for common use and cosmetics. Hand and working surface swabs. Hand hygiene. Hygienic requirements in a dental practice. Medical nutrition prevention of teeth diseases and diseases of oral apparatus.

Occupational health disorders.

Occupational hazards and risks. Protection and health promotion at the workplace

Practical teaching - methodical units

Methods and instruments of health-educational work; demonstration of a creative workshop as a teaching method.

Preparation and presentation of a health-education instruments and / or a method of health-education work. Designing of the action plan of health-education campaign and social marketing approach in the community.

Presentation of national pathology.

Prevention and control of infectious diseases in dental practice. Research models in nosocomial infections and demonstration of nosocomial epidemics research.

Microbiological safety of herbal products used as auxiliary treatment in prevention and therapy of oral infections – seminar.

Public health and hygiene Diet and oral health. Diet and oral health – seminar

Hygienic requirements in dental practice – seminar

Microbiological safety of the air – seminar. Expertise of working ability aimed at confirming occupational infectious disease.

Expertise of working ability aimed at confirming occupational skin disease.

Expertise of working ability aimed at confirming occupational injury caused by ionizing radiation.

RECOMMENDED Compulsory 1. JAVNO ZDRAVLJE ZA STUDENTE STOMATOLOGIJE. Jevtić i saradnici. Univerzitet u Novom Sadu, Medicinski

fakultet, Udžbenici 94, Novi Sad, 2012

Page 81: Study program details 2015

READING

Additional

1. SOCIJALNA MEDICINA, autora Đ. Jakovljević, V. Grujić, Univerzitet u Novom Sadu, Medicinski fakultet,

Udžbenici 33, Novi Sad, 1995.

2. EPIDEMIOLOGIJA, urednik Z. Radovanović, drugo izdanje, Univerzitet u Novom Sadu, Medicinski fakultet,

Udžbenici 75, Novi Sad, 2008.

3. MEDICINSKA BAKTERIOLOGIJA (Opšta bakteriologija i specijalna bakteriologija), autora M. Švab Vlahović i

saradnika, Savremena administracija, Beograd, 2005,

4. MEDICINSKA VIRUSOLOGIJA, autora V. Jerant Patić, Orthomedix Novi Sad, 2007, 537, (ili Zavod udžbenike,

Beograd, 1995, 540 - prvo izdanje)

5. HIGIJENA ISHRANE, autora B. Novaković, M. Mirosavljev, Edicija udžbenici, Medicinski fakultet u Novom Sadu.

2005.

6. HIGIJENA I ZDRAVSTVENO VASPITANjE autora B. Novaković, V. Grujić, Edicija udžbenici Medicinski fakultet u

Novom Sadu, 2005.

7. HIGIJENA, MEDICINSKA EKOLOGIJA I JAVNO ZDRAVLJE Miroslave Kristoforović-Ilić i saradnika, Ortomedics,

Novi Sad, 2010 (u štampi).

8. KOMUNALNA HIGIJENA, Miroslave Kristoforović-Ilić i saradnika, Prometej, Novi Sad, drugo dopunjeno izdanje

2002.

9. HIGIJENA SA MEDICINSKOM EKOLOGIJOM, urednik M. Kristoforović-Ilić, Ortomedics, 2003.

10. MEDICINA RADA, Metodi I. Mikov, Ortomedics. Novi Sad, 2007.

http: / www. who. int

Evaluation of student’s work– number of points for each activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Practice Test Seminar work Other Written Oral

25 25 12 38

The list of teachers and associates – Dept. of Social Medicine

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

0 7 0 0 2 1 2 0

1. Doc. dr Olja Nićiforović-Šurković

2. Doc. dr . Snežana Ukropina

3. Ass dr Sonja Šušnjević

4. Ass dr Dušan Čanković

5. Ass dr Sanja Harhai

6. Ass dr Sonja Čanković

7. Ass dr Ivana Radić

8. Prof. dr Eržebet Ač-Nikolić

9. Prof. dr Vera Grujić

10. Prof. dr Mirjana Martinov-Cvejin

11. Prof dr Svetlana Kvrgić

12. Prof dr Vesna Mijatović-Jovanović

The list of teachers and associates – Dept. of Epidemiology

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

3 1 0 0 3 0 2 0

1. Doc. dr Tihomir Dugandžija

2. Ass Dr Mioljub Ristić, asistent

3. Ass dr Smiljana Rajčević, asistent

4. Ass Dr Jelena Đekić Malbaša, asistent

5. Prof dr Zorica Šeguljev

6. Prof dr Marica Miladinov-Mikov

7. Doc dr Predrag Đurić

8. Doc dr Gorana Ćosić

9. Doc dr Vladimir Petrović

The list of teachers and associates – Dept. of Microbiology

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

0 2 0 0 1 0 5 0

1. Ass Dr Deana Medić

2. Prof dr Marija Kulauzov

3. Prof dr Mira Mihajlović-Ukropina

4. Prof dr Zora Jelesić

5. Prof dr Ivana Hrnjaković Cvjetković

6. Prof dr Vesna Milošević

7. Doc dr Gordana Bojić

8. Doc dr Vera Gusman

The list of teachers and associates – Dept. of Hygiene

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

1 2 0 0 2 2 0 0

1. Ass dr Radmila Velicki

2. Teaching Associate dr Nataša Dragić

3. Prof dr Marija Jevtić

4. Prof dr Ljiljana Trajković-Pavlović

5. Doc dr Jelena Bjelanović

6. Doc dr Sanja Bijelović

7. Doc. dr Milka Popović

The list of teachers and associates – Dept. of Occupational Medicine

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

0 1 0 0 1 0 3 0

1. Ass dr Milorad Španović

1. Prof dr Nada Mačvanin

2. Prof dr Bela Prokeš

3. Prof dr Ivan Mikov

4. Doc dr Mirjana Glavaški

Head of the Department

Prof. Dr Marija Jevtić

Page 82: Study program details 2015

33. CLINICAL IMMUNOLOGY (StIII-IZPR) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Internal Medicine

NAME OF SUBJECT CLINICAL IMMUNOLOGY

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

elective course

Condition none

Year of

studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

ECTS credits

Lectures Pract. Lectures. Pract.

third - - 2 1 - 1 3. 0

Methods of conducting teaching

Lectures, practical work with patients in different hospitals, examination, diagnosis of immunological

disorders, immune therapy caused illness, work in the laboratory of Immunology, alergology laboratory work,

writing reports on immunological findings

GO

AL

The main goal of education in clinical immunology is to get students acquainted with the principles of outbreak of immune disease, diagnostic

methods and principles and theoretical and practical aspects of the treatment of immunological diseases. The practical result of teaching is to

enable the students to master the skills of practical work in practice, and to develop the critical and fact-conditioned thinking, and enable students to participate in scientific - research work in the field of immunology.

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge

Introducing students to the mechanisms and disorders of the function of immune system, as well as primary and environment-

related genetic factors that may play a role in the development of immune diseases. The student will get acquainted with diagnostic

methods in this group of diseases, the basic therapeutic methods in the treatment of immune diseases, as well as with the complications of the immunomodulatory and immunosuppressive therapy.

Skills

Application approved practical knowledge in medicine: establishing suspect diagnosis of immunological disease, methods for

confirmation of suspect immunologically induced disease. Vasics of clinical and laboratory methods for confirmation of immune diseases. Learning of the basic methods of treatment.

Application of analytical and synthetic way of thinking as a basis for proper classification of immune diseases: probability of

occurrence – clinical manifestations – confirmation of suspect disease – therapy – treatment of potential complications

CONTENT OF THE SUBJECT:: Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1. Introduction to clinical immunology. Immunological diagnostics

2. Autoimmunity. SLE. 3. Vasculitis, RA and other inflammatory arthropathies

4. Rheumatology at child age

5. Glomerulonephritis 6. Immunodeficiency. Immunotherapy.

7. Endocrine diseases associated with immune processes.

8. Principles of personalized and translation medicine in demyelinating diseases and neurology 9. Allergic dermatosis

10. Transplant medicine in practice

11. Asthma. Immunological and clinical aspects. 12. Immunological changes in non-specific lung infections

13. Immunological features of granulomatous diseases

14. Allergy diseases of the ENT region.

Practical teaching – methodical units

Pract. are held as 2 one-week block of classes in the summer semester. The first week at the Clinic for Nephrology and Clinical Immunology KC Vojvodina, the second week, divided to the KCV Clinic for Dermatology, Clinic for ENT and the Institute for Pulmonary Diseases of Vojvodina

1. Immunological laboratory: protein electrophoresis, radial immune diffusion, agglutination technique for detection of rheumatoid factor and C

reactive protein 2. Immunological laboratory: indirect immunofluorescence (heterogeneous biological substrates, tissue culture, cell smear), immunofluorescence

method for detection of immune complexes deposits in tissues, ELISA

3. Clinical examination of patients with immunological and rheumatoid diseases. 4. Clinical examination and treatment of patients with organ transplants.

5. Hypersensitivity skin test status, clinical examination of patients with skin manifestation of immune diseases, diagnosis and treatment.

6. Functional lung tests in respiratory atopic disease, clinical examination and treatment of immunologically induced lung disease. 7. Diagnosis and treatment of systemic atopic reaction (seminar)

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory Pejin Dušan i saradnici. Interna medicina. Medicinski fakultet Novi Sad, 2007

Additional Abas Abul, Lihtman Endrju: Osnovna imunologija( funkcionisanje i poremećaji imunskog sistema). Data status , Beograd, 2007

Jasmina Ljaljević i saadnici. Klinička imunologija

Page 83: Study program details 2015

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

25 25 10 40

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

1. Prof. dr Igor Mitić

2. Prof. dr Tatjana Ilić

3. Prof. dr Marina Jovanović

4. Prof. dr Čongor Nađ

5. Doc. dr Biljana Zvezdin

6. Doc dr Dejan Ćelić

7. Doc ddr Gordana Vijatov

8. Doc. Dr Dušan Božić

9. Prof. Dr Milica Medić-Stojanoska

10. Doc. Dr Ivana Urošević

11. Doc dr Lada Petrović

12. Prof. Dr Slobodan Pavlović

13. Doc. Dr Svetlana Kašiković

14. Prof. Dr Mirna Đurić

15. Doc. Dr Slobodan Savović

Head of the Department

Prof. dr Milica Medić Stojanoska

Page 84: Study program details 2015

33. MEDICAL PSYCHOLOGY (StIII-IZPR) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of psychiatry and medical psychology

NAME OF SUBJECT MEDICAL PSYCHOLOGY

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Elective

Condition none

Year of

studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

ECTS credits

Lectures Pract. Lectures. Pract.

third - - 2 1 - - 3, 0

Methods of teaching Theoretical and practical

GO

A

L

Introducing students to the unique bio-being of man, different reactions to the ill person's disease, as well as the different interactions of

doctors / health workers and patients.

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge

Students gain knowledge about bio-unity of man; development and structure of personality, different mental mechanisms and

defense mechanisms, reaction to the ill person's disease, the psychological aspects of the treatment / treatment of various diseases, the roles of doctors / health workers, mental health desirable than doctors / health workers with the patient and his

nearest surroundings.

Skills

Student masters the art of communication with different groups of patients (as compared to the age of patients and in relation to the disease / condition for which it provides care) acquires the ability to meet a variety of psychological situations in which will be

located during a career and build models of adequate coping. Working with the acquisition of skills is done through workshops

where necessary active participation of students.

CONTENT OF THE SUBJECT:: Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1. The role of medical psychology in medicine-definition and objectives of the course

2. The concept / definition of the disease; patient and the community 3. Stigma, prejudice and discrimination

4. Psychical functions

5. The individual and the environment - a man as a biopsychosocial being 6. Development and structure of personality, personality theories

7. Defense mechanisms

8. Mental mechanisms and their role - aggression and anxiety 9. Stress and physical disease; health related models of behavior

10. Relation of the patient to doctor / healthcare professional

11. Sick child and adolescent as a patient 12. Adult age and the disease; psychological aspects of pregnancy and labour; job

13. Elderly and the disease

14. Psychological aspects of hospitalization 15. People with special needs - the relationship to other physical or mental diseases

16. Family Medicine - profile doctor / health worker in the family; team work

17. On death and dying; Terminal conditions, psychosocial aspect of the loss

Practical teaching – methodical units

1. Talk (communication) doctor / health worker with a sick person - Workshop

2. Health and disease - a workshop

3. Communication, empathy, professional attitude - shop

4. Approaching anxious and aggressive patient / patient escort

5. Giving information to patient and family about the disease 6. Communication of family doctors / health workers in the family

7. Preparing patients for diagnostic and therapeutic procedures 8. Relationships and communication in teamwork - Workshop

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory

1. Berger D Zdravstvena psihologija, Centar za primenjenu psihologiju Beograd, 1997.

2. Klain E. Psihološka medicina – Golden Marketing, Zagreb, 1999. – odabrana poglavlja

Additional 1. Havelka M. Zdravstvena psihologija, Medicinski fakultet Sveučilišta u zagrebu, 1990.

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

10 20 70

Page 85: Study program details 2015

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Professor Assistant Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

1 10 0 0 2 4 2 0

1.

2. Prof. dr Dragan Mitrović

3. Prof. dr Gordana Mišić-Pavkov

4. Prof dr Olga Živanović

5. Prof. dr Aleksandra Nedić

6. Prof. dr Branislava Soldatović Stajić

7. Prof. dr Mina Cvjetković Bošnjak

8. Doc dr Đenđi Silađi Mladenović

9. Doc dr Jasminka Marković

10. Asistent dr Vesna Vasić

11. Ass dr Slađana Martinović Mitrović

12. Ass dr Boris Golubović

13. Ass dr Vladimir Knežević

14. Ass dr Dragana Ratković

15. Ass Ksenija Kolundžija

16. Ass Valentina Šobot

17. Ass dr Josip Dadasović

18. Ass dr Milana Poznić Ješić

19. Teaching associate Jelena Mučibabić

20. Ass dr Sanja Pleštić

Head of the Department

Prof dr Olga Živanović

Page 86: Study program details 2015

33. DENTAL PREVENTION IN THE COMMUNITY (StIII-IZPR) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of dentistry

NAME OF SUBJECT DENTAL PROTECTION IN THE COMMUNITY

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Elective

Condition none

Year of studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

ECTS credits Lectures Pract. Lectures. Pract.

third - - 2 1 - - 3, 0

Methods of teaching Theoretical and practical

GO

A

L

Goals continue to ensure that the student after school in this election subjects improve their knowledge about the public health aspects of oral

diseases, understand and accept the idea of the tasks of preventive dentistry and its role to significantly improve oral health in the community.

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge

1. Know, understand and accept the ideas and tasks of preventive dentistry; 2. Knows and understands the meaning of the most important diseases of the mouth and teeth (caries, periodontitis, oral cancer,

orthodontic anomalies, trauma, etc. . )

3. Knows the impact of social cultural and environmental factors that contribute to health or illness; 4. Epidemiological methods of monitoring and evaluation of movement of certain oral diseases and national pathology in general;

5. Understands the principles for the prevention of oral disease and promote oral health;

6. Knows the importance and possibility of application of preventive measures at the level of the whole community; 7. Understands and can choose the best strategy for the promotion of oral health in the circumstances, and

8. Understands, accepts the principles and priorities the promotion of (oral) health as a basic commitment of all segments of

society in improving oral health.

Skills Organizes and conducts programs to prevent oral diseases in the local community.

CO

NT

EN

T O

F T

HE

SU

BJ

EC

T:

Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1. Socio-dental indicators of oral health. Determining the need for oral health. Trends in oral health. Sociomedical aspects of oral diseases. Social, economic and psychological significance of diseases of mouth and teeth. Methods for epidemiological research and monitoring of oral

disease.

2. Strategies in the prevention of diseases of mouth and teeth (conventional, modern, specific). Software protection in dental services 3. Promotion of oral health, health education, motivation of individuals and society.

4. Organization and implementation of dental health care in the local community. Software protection. Evaluation of the protection program.

Practical teaching – methodical units

Topics of seminar papers for public defense in consultation with the candidates determined in the course of business seminars. Thread can be processed individually or groups up to 4 students.

Relevant fields for seminar papers: 1. Oral Pathology Research

2. Promotion of oral health at the local level.

3. Health education in dentistry 4. Strategy for the provision of oral health

5. Indicators of oral health

6. Fluoridation of drinking water

7. Dental care program

8. Motivation of individuals and society for the preservation of oral health

9. Financing dental care 10. Evaluation of dental care

11. Organization of dental health care

Free choice of topics – subject of agreement with the mentor.

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory Preventivna stomatologija, M. Vulović, Univerzitet u Beogradu, Stomatološki fakultet, 2005.

Additional

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

10 10 40 40

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assist. Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

0 1 0 0 3 0 0 0

1. Prof. dr Duška Blagojević

2. Doc. dr Ivan Tušek

3. Doc. dr Bojan Petrović

4. Doc. dr Sanja Vujkov

Head of the Department

Prof. dr Đorđe Petrović

Page 87: Study program details 2015
Page 88: Study program details 2015

33. EXPERIMENTAL PHARMACODYNAMIC METHODS IN

EXPERIMENTAL ANIMALS (StIII-IZPR) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of pharmacology, toxicology and clinical pharmacology

NAME OF SUBJECT EXPERIMENTAL PHARMACODYNAMIC METHODS IN EXPERIMENTAL ANIMALS

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Optional

Condition -

Year of

studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

ECTS credits

Lectures Pract. Lectures Pract.

third - - 2 1 - 1 3, 0

Methods of conducting teaching Lectures, PP presentations, case reports, discussions; Practical classes: interactive teaching

GO

A

L

To get students acquainted with basic principles of investigating pharmacodynamic characteristics and safety of ancillary medicinal products and dietary supplements

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge

The students will get acquainted with basic principles of investigating pharmacodynamic, pharmacokinetic and toxicological

characteristics of ancillary medicinal products and dietary supplements on experimental animals, based on principles of evidence based medicine

Skills The students are expected to be acquainted with basic methods of testing pharmacodynamic, pharmacokinetic and toxicological characteristics of ancillary medicinal products and dietary supplements on experimental animals

CO

NT

EN

T O

F T

HE

SU

BJ

EC

T:

Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1. Main characteristics of pre-clinical research 2. Experimental methods for identifying potential target-sites of action of the tested substances

3. Experimental methods for testing the safety of the investigated substance in experimental animals

4. Analysis of the data important for planning and start of pharmacodynamic investigation in experimental animals 5. Pharmacodynamic methods for examining effects of ancillary medicinal products and dietary supplements on glucose metabolism

6. Pharmacodynamic features of remedial fungi

7. Experiments on laboratory animals investigating antioxidative and hepatoprotective characteristics of ancillary medicinal products and dietary supplements

8. Pharmacodynamic examination of effects of ancillary medicinal products and dietary supplements on CNS function

9. Pharmacodynamic examination of effects of ancillary medicinal products and dietary supplements on cardiovascular system function 10. Pharmacodynamic examination of effects of ancillary medicinal products and dietary supplements on digestive system function

11. Investigation of interactions of ancillary medicinal products and dietary supplement with common drugs in experimental animals

12. Safety of application of ancillary medicinal products and dietary supplement during pregnancy and lactation 13. Safety of application of ancillary medicinal products and dietary supplement in childhood

14. Safety of application of ancillary medicinal products and dietary supplement in geriatrics

15. Adverse effects of ancillary medicinal products and dietary supplements

Practical teaching – methodical units

1. Information sources on ancillary medicinal products and dietary supplement

2. Results of experimental trials of importance for assessment of safety of ancillary medicinal products and dietary supplements 3. Results of experimental trials on the effects of ancillary medicinal products and dietary supplements on endocrine system and metabolism

functions

4. Results of experimental trials on the effects of ancillary medicinal products and dietary supplements on cardiovascular system functions

5. Results of experimental trials on the effects of ancillary medicinal products and dietary supplements on CNS functions

6. Results of experimental trials on interaction of ancillary medicinal products and dietary supplements with common drugs

7. Results of investigating antioxidative and hepatoprotective effects of ancillary medicinal products and dietary supplements 8. Seminar papers prepared by the students

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory

1. Jakovljević V. Eksperimantalna farmakologija u naučno-istraživačkom radu, ALFAGRAF, Petrovaradin,

Novi Sad 2006. 2. Đurić P. Uvod u naučno-istraživački rad, Medicinski fakultet Novi Sad, Novi Sad 2012.

5. Vučinić M. , Todorović Z. Eksperimentalne životinje i ekperimentalni modeli, Univerzitet u

Beogradu, Beograd 2010. 6. Jakovljević V. Eksperimentalna farmakologija u naučno-istraživačkom radu. Alfagraf,

Petrovaradin, 2006.

7. Zakon o dobrobiti životinja, Službeni glasnik RS br 41/09. 8. Pravilnik o uslovima za upis u registar za oglede na životinjama (Službeni glasnik RS, br 39/10).

Additional

1. Varagić V. , Milošević M. Farmakologija. (odabrana poglavlja) Elit Medica, Beograd, 2007.

2. Rang H. P, Dejl, M. M, Riter J. M, Mur P. K. Farmakologija. (odabrana poglavlja) Data status,

Beograd, 2005. 3. Sabo A, Tomić Z, Rašković A, Stanulović M. Antibakterijski lekovi (sa ostalim antiinfektivnim

lekovima). Edicija Savremena Farmakoterapija, Novi Sad 2010.

4. Chow P, Ng R, Ogden B. Using animal models in biomedical research. World Scientific

Publishing Co. Pte. Ltd. , Singapore 2007. 5. Wahlsten D. Mouse Behavioral Testing. Academic Press, Elsevier, London NW1 7BY, UK,

2011.

6. Jann Hau And Gerald L. Van Hoosier, Jr. Handbook Of Laboratory Animal Science, Vol I &II,

CRC Press, Boca Raton, Florida 33431, 2003.

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Pismeni Oral 100

20 15 - 5 10 50 -

Page 89: Study program details 2015

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant Prof. Associate Prof. Full-Professor Scientist

4 2 2 3

1. Prof. dr Ana Sabo 2. Prof. dr Jovan Popović

3. Prof. dr Momir Mikov

4. Prof. dr Zdenko Tomić 5. Prof. dr Aleksandar Rašković (rukovodilac predmeta)

6. Prof. dr Isidora Samojlik

7. Doc. dr Olga Horvat

8. Asistent mr sc. med. Saša Vukmirović 9. Asist. dr Boris Milijašević

10. Asist. dr Nebojša Stilinović

11. Asist. dr Vesna Mijatović

Head of the Department

Prof. dr Momir Mikov

Page 90: Study program details 2015

33. RATIONAL DRUG APPLICATION IN PREGNANCY AND

LACTATION (StIII-IZPR) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of pharmacology, toxicology and clinical pharmacology

NAME OF SUBJECT RATIONAL ADMINISTRATION OF DRUGS DURING PREGNANCY AND LACTATION

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Optional

Condition -

Year of

studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

ECTS credits

Lectures Pract. Lectures Pract.

third - - 2 1 - 1 3, 0

Methods of conducting teaching Lectures, PP presentations, case reports, discussions; Practical classes: interactive teaching

GO

A

L

To get students acquainted with basic principles of pharmacotherapy during pregnancy and lactation

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge

The students will get acquainted with basic principles of drug application during pregnancy and lactation, with particular emphasis

on the safety of pharmacotherapy; students will acquire knowledge on administration of drugs during pregnancy and lactation, which have proved safe and reasonable for application in this specific population according to the principles of evidence based

medicine

Skills The students are expected to be acquainted with basic principles of rational pharmacotherapy in the population of gravid women and

women in lactation period

CO

NT

EN

T O

F T

HE

SU

BJ

EC

T:

Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1. Selection of the drug according to the sex of the patient

2. Physiological characteristics of pregnant woman and the fetus affecting the pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic features of drugs

3. Physiological characteristics of pregnant woman and the fetus affecting the characteristics of drugs during lactation period 4. Criteria for risk assessment and safety of drugs intended for application during pregnancy and lactation period

5. Classification of drugs into safety-categories related to their application during pregnancy and lactation period

6. Effects of drugs on organogenesis, fetus and pregnancy course. Effects of gestation age on drug features. Biomarkers indicating exposure to drugs during pregnancy.

7. Clinical trials on pregnant women.

8. Safety of the application of antihypertensive drugs during pregnancy and lactation 9. Safety of the application of antiemetics during pregnancy and lactation

10. Safety of the application of antimicrobials during pregnancy and lactation

11. Safety of the application of drugs for the treatment of neuropsychiatric disorders (anxiolytics, antidepressants, antipsychotics and antiepileptics)during pregnancy and lactation

12. Prophylactic application of drugs during pregnancy

13. Rational pain therapy during pregnancy 14. Rational application of tocolytics and uterotonics

15. Effects of cigarette smoke, alcohol and drug misuse on the fetus and pregnancy

Practical teaching – methodical units

Information sources on safety of drugs applied during pregnancy and lactation periods

Analysis of the results of preclinical studies of importance for assessment of safety of drugs to be applied during pregnancy and lactation

Analysis of the results of clinical trials of importance for assessment of safety of drugs to be applied during pregnancy and lactation

Case reports – paper patients addressing the application of drugs during pregnancy and lactation

Seminar papers prepared by the students.

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory

1. Francetić I, Vitezić D. Osnove kliničke farmakologije, Medicinska Naklada Zagreb 2007. 2. Sabo A, Tomić Z, Rašković A, Stanulović M. Antibakterijski lekovi (sa ostalim antiinfektivnim

lekovima). Edicija Savremena Farmakoterapija, Novi Sad 2010.

3. Đurđević S, Kopitović V, Kapamadžija A (Urednici). Ginekologija. Prvo izdanje. Feljton, Novi Sad 2011.

Additional

1. Varagić V. , Milošević M. Farmakologija. (odabrana poglavlja) Elit Medica, Beograd, 2007.

2. Rang H. P, Dejl, M. M, Riter J. M, Mur P. K. Farmakologija. (odabrana poglavlja) Data status, Beograd, 2005.

Page 91: Study program details 2015

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Pismeni Oral 100

20 15 - 5 10 50 -

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant Prof. Associate Prof. Full-Professor Scientist

4 2 2 3

1. Prof. dr Ana Sabo (rukovodilac)

2. Prof. dr Jovan Popović 3. Prof. dr Momir Mikov

4. Prof. dr Zdenko Tomić

5. Prof. dr Aleksandar Rašković 6. Prof. dr Isidora Samojlik

7. Doc. dr Olga Horvat

8. Asistent mr sc. med. Saša Vukmirović

9. Asist. dr Boris Milijašević 10. Asist. dr Nebojša Stilinović

11. Asist. dr Vesna Mijatović

Head of the Department

Prof. dr Momir Mikov

Page 92: Study program details 2015

34. CLINICAL PROSTHETICS I (StIV-KLPR) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of dentistry

NAME OF SUBJECT CLINICAL PROSTHETICS 1

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Compulsory

Condition Dental prosthetics – preclinical, Dental materials (exam)

Year of studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

ECTS credits Lectures Pract. Lectures. Pract.

fourth 1 6 1 6 5 5 14, 0

Methods of teaching Theoretical and practical

GO

A

L

Acquiring knowledge on basic biomedical and technological skills in mobile prosthetic dentistry as well as skills essential for clinical work in a

conventional or implant-prosthetic therapy or partially or totally toothless jaws

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge

The curriculum will provide student with knowledge on:

The importance of oral health and needs of mobile prosthetic therapy

non physiological and pathological conditions of stomatognathic system

functional anatomy and physiology of partially or totally toothless jaw

diagnostic procedures and laboratory tests relevant for the implementation of mobile prosthetic therapy

setting indication and designing a corresponding plan of mobile prosthetic therapy

the impact of selected mobile prosthetic therapy on patient’s stomatognathic system and general health condition

interconnection between laboratory and clinical procedures relevant for mobile prosthetics therapy

materials and instruments as well as laboratory and clinical equipment and instrumentation

selecting the type of material to be used for the mobile prosthetic therapy

implementing mobile prosthetic therapy to the purpose of improving oral health for an acceptable and adequate time period

relevant literature data with an aim of improving professional knowledge and its application in everyday practice

Skills

Materials and processing technologies and their application in laboratory and clinical mobile prosthetics.

Physiology of the stomatognathic system - normal function, diagnostics and mobile prosthetic treatment of

temporomandibular disorders.

Biomechanics of the stomatognathic system and effects of mobile prosthetic procedures on it

Conventional mobile prosthetic therapy and rehabilitation of the stomatognathic system.

Implant-prosthetic treatment of totally toothless jaw

Clinical-epidemiological research on the possibilities of implementing mobile prosthetic therapy applying conventional procedures

Knowledge and skills related to diagnostic, therapeutic and laboratory procedures are acquired through lectures, seminars and colloquia as well as through clinical practical work in small groups.

CO

NT

EN

T O

F T

HE

SU

BJ

EC

T:

Theoretical teaching – methodical units

TOTAL PROSTHESIS-anatomical structure of the upper and lower jaw. Anatomical structure and kinematics of temporomandibular joint. The position and movement of the lower jaw. Functions of stomatognathic system. Support of the upper and lower total prosthesis. Soft tissue and

muscle activity. Preliminary (anatomical) and functional imprints of the upper and lower toothless jaw. Retention factors of total prosthesis.

Stabilization factors in total prosthesis. Determining interjaw relationship. Transferring working models in the articulator and simulating movement capabilities of the lower jaw.

Portable buccal arc. Positional registry. Adjusting junction and incisal guidance in semi adjustable articulators.

Guidelines for determining the position of front teeth. Guidelines for determining the position of lateral teeth. Specificities of skeletal jaw relationship. Determining the position of the teeth in toothless patients of the skeletal class I, II and III.

Clinical testing of teeth positioning in toothless patients. Concept (model) of bilateral balanced occlusion.

Laboratory procedures for finalization of complete dentures. Temporary and immediate total prosthesis. Supradental prosthesis. Implant - prosthetic aspects of rehabilitation of toothless patients.

-Changes in the soft tissues of the holders of complete dentures. Complications during the wearing of complete dentures. Geriatric aspects of

therapy in toothless patients. REMOVABLE PARTIAL DENTURES - Stomatognathic system. The teeth and dental series. Supporting tissues. Toothless or residual alveolar

ridge. Interactions between the remaining teeth and denture. Implants as support elements for removable partial denture. Occlusion. Functions

of the stomatognathic system. Teeth-loss and its consequences to the stomatognathic system. Classification of toothlessness. Classification of partial dentures. Forms of partial

dentures. Goals of prosthetic treatment using partial dentures.

Partial-panel denture. Temporary partial denture. Immediate partial dentures. Transitional or interim dentures. Bite plates. Bite plates and other occlusal splints. Conditional permanent partial plate denture. Permanent partial plate denture.

Partial skeleton denture. Elements of partial skeleton dentures. Dental parallelometer. Basic issues in planning skeleton denture. Retention,

biostatics, planning of partial skeleton denture. Complex partial dentures. Guidelines to constructing partial skeleton denture. Fixed composites for attaching of partial skeleton dentures.

Grinding technique in prosthetic dentistry. Attachments of fixed composite and mobile replacement. Partial dentures with attachments.

Classification of attachments. Construction of dentures with attachments. Double telescope crown. Double cone crown. Construction of partial telescope dentures. Specificities of clinical and laboratory construction of partial telescope dentures.

Other types of partial dentures. Supradental, double dentures, swing-lock, reduced, unilateral partial denture. Flexible partial dentures.

Implant supported partial dentures. Obturator and postressection partial dentures. ESTHETICS of partial dentures.

Page 93: Study program details 2015

Practical teaching – methodical units

TOTAL DENTURES: Anamnesis, status, clinical examination; Treatment plan; Preparing the patient for total denture treatment; Selection and

evaluation of the molding spoon; Preparing imprint materials and taking the anatomical imprints.

Testing and shaping individual molding spoons for toothless upper and lower jaws. Functional imprints of toothless jaw. Determining jaw relations in the treatment with total dentures.

Transferring and fixing of working models using the face bow; Working with mid-range articulators.

Analyzing models and jaw relations in the articulator; Determining the shape, size and color of teeth. Controlling the teeth position in complete dentures; Functional and ESTHETIC factors and individual adjustments of teeth position.

Delivery of finished complete dentures; Control and correction of the therapy.

Repairing the fractures of the denture base; Direct and indirect rebasing of total dentures. PARTIAL DENTURES: Preparation of the patient and working place for mobile-prosthetic therapy; Filling out the Protocol/Records

Analysis of X-ray images; Deciding about the treatment plan; Preparing the supporting tissue for partial denture.

Selecting molding spoons; Making anatomical imprint of the upper and / or lower jaw; Plotting margins of mobile and immobile mucosa Analysis of study models; Classification of toothlessness

Testing and shaping of individual molding spoons for partly toothless upper and/or lower jaw. Functional imprints.

Planning the size of the partial denture basis; planning the method for stabilization and retention of partial denture; Determining the shape and technique of grinding denture elements in the combined therapy with partial dentures.

Determining jaw relations in the treatment with partial dentures.

Transferring and fixing of working models using the face bow; Working with mid-range articulators. Testing the model of partial denture; Clinical check-up of teeth position in partial denture.

Delivery of finished partial dentures; Control and maintenance of partial dentures.

.

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory

1. M. Krstić, A. Petrović, D. Stanišić-Sinobad, Z. Stošić STOMATOLOŠKA PROTETIKA -

TOTALNA PROTEZA; III dopunjeno izdanje, „VELARTA“, Beograd, 1998.

2. D. Stamenković STOMATOLOŠKA PROTETIKA - PARCIJALNE PROTEZE, Zavod za udžbenike i nastavna sredsta, Beograd 2008.

Additional

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Written Oral

100 5 35 5h4 5h2 0

Practical part

20 10

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Professor Assistant Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

3 3 1 2

1. Prof. dr Dubravka Marković 2. Prof. dr Ljubiša Džambas

3. Prof. dr Ljiljana Strajnić

4. Doc. dr Tatjana Puškar 5. Doc. dr Branislava Petronijević

6. Doc. dr Bojana Milekić

7. Asist dr Aleksandra Maletin

8. Asist dr Milica Jeremić Knežević

9. Asist dr Daniela Đurović Koprivica

Head of the Department Prof. dr Đorđe Petrović

Page 94: Study program details 2015

35. ORAL SURGERY (StIV-OHIR) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of dentistry

NAME OF SUBJECT ORAL SURGERY

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Compulsory

Condition Special Pharmacology (exam), Radiology (for exams), dental anesthesiology (exam), Surgery (exam)

Year of

studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

ECTS credits

Lectures Pract. Lectures Pract.

fourth 2 3 2 3 2 1 10, 0

Methods of teaching Lectures, Pract. opening, working pract. , demonstration pract.

GO

A

L

Mastering the knowledge in the field dentogenic infections, dental traumatology and alveolar extensions, pre-prosthetic surgery, surgical orthodontic cooperation, painful conditions of n. trigeminal and the basic skills for administering local anesthesia and tooth extraction

PU

R

POSE

Knowledge Diagnosis of pathological conditions and determining the surgical indications for oral procedures. Prevention of complications

associated with tooth extraction and administration of local anesthesia; treatment modalities

Skills Training for independent administration of local anesthesia and common tooth extraction. Performing intraoral vestibular incisions

CO

NT

EN

T O

F T

HE

SU

BJ

EC

T:

Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1. Introduction. The concept and objectives of oral surgery. Role of oral surgery in dental care system and education of students.

2. Applied surgical anatomy. Osteology of the upper and lower jaw. Morphology of toot root. Chewing and mimical musculature. Innervations and vascularization of the upper and lower jaws.

3. Tooth extraction. Indications and contraindications for tooth extraction. Principles of tooth extraction. The stages of uncomplicated tooth extraction.

4. Tooth extraction. Instruments for tooth extraction (pliers, levers). Extraction of individual teeth.

5. Complications of tooth extraction. Fractures of teeth - roots. Separation of the roots. Root extraction levers. Soft tissue injuries. Foreign bodies.

6. Wound healing after tooth extraction. Phases of normal wound healing. Delayed healing of wounds. Post-extraction pain,

swelling. Alveolitis. 7. Injuries of teeth, alveolar ridge and jaws during tooth extraction. Tooth injuries. Alveolar ridge and tuberosity fractures.

Jaw fractures. Luxation of the mandible.

8. Bleeding after tooth extraction. Working protocol, procedures and methods for stopping bleeding. 9. Hemostasis and haemostatic disorders. Patients on anticoagulation therapy. Hemophilia. Thrombocytopenia. Liver diseases.

10. Oroantral communication. Procedures and measures for the diagnosis and management of oroantral communications.

11. Dentogenic infections. Concept and types of dentogenic infections. Microflora. Asepsis and antisepsis. 12. Dentogenic infection. Clinical features and diagnosis . Spreading pathways and anatomical spaces.

13. Dentogenic infection. Basic therapeutic principles (drugs and surgical treatment).

14. X-ray diagnosis. X-ray techniques in dentistry. Indications for X-ray. X-ray anatomy and pathology. Potential errors. 15. Emergency conditions in oral surgery. Loss of consciousness. Allergy. Emergency cardiovascular conditions. Hypovolemic

shock. Resuscitation procedures.

1. Basic principles of oral surgery. Specificities of surgical procedure in the oral cavity. Forensic aspects of oral surgery.

2. Designing of incisions in dentoalveolar surgery. Indications and contraindications for the selection of the incision. 3. Impacted supernumerary teeth. The concept and definition. Etiological factors. Incidence. Clinical features and diagnosis

4. Impacted supernumerary teeth. Classification. Indications and contraindications for extraction.

5. Impacted supernumerary teeth, Residual roots and foreign bodies. The course of surgical removal. Wound management and early postoperative course.

6. Surgical orthodontic cooperation. The scope of cooperation in oral surgery. Chronological order and types of interventions. Orthodontic preparation and indication for operation. Failures of cooperation.

7. Chronic periapical lesions. The concept and definition. Microflora. Clinical features and diagnosis. Differential diagnosis.

8. Tooth root resection. Indications for operation. Preoperative preparation of the tooth. Techniques. Types of channel closure teeth.

9. Jaw cysts. The concept and definition. Classification. Clinical picture, diagnosis and surgical treatment. Postoperative

monitoring. 10. Prosthetic-surgical cooperation. The scope of cooperation in oral surgery. Classification of deformities. Bone structure

disorders. Soft structure disorders. Combined disorders.

11. Prosthetic surgical cooperation. Types of oral surgical procedures. Specificities of operative procedures and postoperative treatment.

12. Fundamentals of oral implantology. Indications for surgery. Types of implants. Complications and definition of

periimplantitis. 13. Benign tumors of bone and soft tissue. Definition. Classification. Incidence. Clinical picture. Specific surgical treatment.

14. Oral-surgical aspects of facial pain. Acute and chronic pain. Painful syndromes. Idiopathic trigeminal neuralgia.

Temporomandibular joint and the importance of supporting zones loss. 15. Oral surgical aspects of patient risk. Specificities of individual diseases indicated for oral surgery. Patients with bacterial

endocarditis, cardiac rhythm disorders, endocrine disorders and liver diseases.

Page 95: Study program details 2015

Practical teaching – methodical units

1. Introductory Pract. (15 hours). The demonstration. Working place. Admission and triage of patients. Medical History. Clinical

examination. Sterilization and sterility protection. Protective equipment. Instruments for tooth extraction. Tooth extraction techniques

and anesthesia. 2. Test (3 hours) - Innervation zone. Techniques giving plexus anesthesia and mandibular anesthesia indirect method.

3. Test (3 hours) - history, examination instruments, dental extraction, tooth extraction.

4. Practical work with patients (60 hours) – An overview. Diagnostics. X-ray analysis. Anesthesia. Tooth extraction. Complications management. Treatment of acute dentogenic infections.

5. Demonstration Pract. (9 hours) – Demonstration and assisting when performing oral surgical procedures in the operating room.

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory 1. Ljubomir Todorović (ur. ): Oralna hirurgija. Univerzitet u Beogradu, 2000. 2. Aleksa Marković (ur. ): Praktikum oralne hirurgije. Univerzitet u Beogradu, 2004.

3. Vlasta Petrović (ur. ): Atlas stomatološke rendgenologije. Beograd, 1995

Additional 1. Jovan Perović (ur. ): Hemostaza u stomatologiji. Beograd, 1978.

2. Vlasta Petrović (ur. ): Periapikalne lezije. Beograd, 2001.

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Pismeni Oral 100

15 25 2h3 4 10 40

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

2 1 1

1. Prof dr Srećko Selaković Prof dr Siniša Mirković

2. Doc. dr Ivan Šarčev 3. Doc dr. Branislav Bajkin

Head of the Department Prof. dr Đorđe Petrović

Page 96: Study program details 2015

36. ORAL MEDICINE (StIV-OMED) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of dentistry

NAME OF SUBJECT ORAL MEDICINE

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Compulsory

Condition Special pharmacology (for exams), General Medicine (exam)

Year of

studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

ECTS credits

Lectures Pract. Lectures Pract.

fourth 2 2 1 3 2 8, 0

Methods of teaching Theoretical Lectures-practical work on patients

GO

A

L

Educating students for independent practical work on patients with the diseases of oral mucosa, diagnosis, treatment and prevention.

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge

Etiological factors, clinical picture and treatment of oral diseases. Oral clinical manifestations of systemic disease. The

characteristics of healthy oral mucosa. Types of pathological changes in oral mucosa. Differential diagnosis of red, white, erosive

and ulcerous lesions and pigmentation of oral mucosa. Collect, recording and analyzing anamnestic data, clinical examination, diagnostic tests. Selecting appropriate laboratory diagnostic tests and interpreting findings. Establishing the diagnosis. Designing the

treatment plan, prescribing appropriate medication. Treatment of potentially malignant oral diseases, Screening of particular

populations.

Skills

Taking anamnesis, performing oral clinical examination, completing the relevant records. Identifying congenital anomalies of the

tongue. Identifying pathological changes of oral mucosa. Identifying saliva secretion disorders. Identifying local etiological factors.

Palpating regional lymph and salivary glands. Performing Diagnostic tests on the patient. Taking material for bacteriological and mycological analysis. Referring the patient to laboratory testing. Performing therapeutic interventions. Performing dental

examination in the detection of oral foci, x-ray analysis.

CO

NT

EN

T O

F T

HE

SU

BJ

EC

T:

Theoretical teaching – methodical units

The characteristics of healthy oral mucosa. Pathological changes in the oral mucosa. Criteria for the classification of oral diseases. Defense

factors of the oral cavity. Diseases of the lips and tongue. Recurrent oral ulceration. Infections of oral mucosa: viral, bacterial, fungal.

Allergic reactions in oral mucous membrane. Changes in oral mucosa caused by physical, chemical, thermal and radiation agents. Pigmentation of oral mucosa. Xeratomy, salivary gland disease. Gingival enlargement, inflammatory hyperplasia. Benign tumors.

Potentially malignant oral disorders. Oral manifestations of skin diseases, gastrointestinal diseases and metabolic disorders, endocrine

diseases, blood diseases, kidney, respiratory and neuromuscular diseases, immunological diseases, cardiovascular diseases, psychosomatic disorders and psychiatric diseases. Orofacial pain. Oral dysesthesia and taste disturbance. Halitosis. Oral focal infection.

Emergency conditions in oral medicine.

Practical teaching – methodical units

Anamnesis and clinical examination of oral mucosa. Clinical tests in the diagnosis of oral diseases.

Methods of laboratory diagnosis. Application of protective measures to prevent the spread of infection. Characteristics of healthy oral skin. Diagnosing diseases of the oral mucosa.

Therapeutic methods and procedures. Drugs. Diagnostic and therapeutic procedure in focal infections.

RECOMMANDE

D READING

Compulsory 1. Bokor-Bratić M. Oralna medicina, MBM-PLAS, Novi Sad, 2009.

Additional

1. Janković Lj. Oralna medicina. Zavod za udžbenike, Beograd, 2007.

2. Scully C, Porter S. Orofacial disease. Update for the dental clinical team. Churchill Livingstone, Edinburgh, London, 2003.

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Pismeni Oral 100

10 30 60

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

1 1

Asistent dr Miloš Čanković

Prof. Dr Marija Bokor-Bratić

Head of the Department

Prof. dr Đorđe Petrović

Page 97: Study program details 2015
Page 98: Study program details 2015

37. MAXILLARY ORTHOPEDICS I (StIV-ORVIL) STUDY PROGRAM Integrated Studies of Dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of Dentistry

SUBJECT MAXILLARY ORTHOPEDICS I

SUBJECT STATUS Compulsory

Condition: Gnathology, Radiology

Academic

Year

Winter term

(no. of lessons per week)

Summer term

(no. of lessons per week) Number of tests Number of

seminars

Number of

POINTS Lectures Practice Lectures Practice

fourth 2 2 1 3 - - 8, 0

Methods of teaching Teaching is in the form of lectures, demonstrative and practical preclinical and clinical Pract. .

GO

AL

The objective of the course in Orthodontics I is to acquaint students with jaw growth and development and to enable him to understand and

identify the age-related general and local factors, as well as the diverse interventions and procedures (extraction of milk teeth and permanent

teeth, tooth fillings, etc. ) that can induce a range of orthodontic disorders. Learning mutual connections between diverse general and local disorders and conditions and development of chewing organs and face, the students will develop ability of critical thinking and conclusion

making

PU

RP

OS

E

Kn

ow

led

ge

Learning on normal growth and development of jaws and teeth; development of normal occlusion

Etiological factors associated with the occurrence of malocclusions

Morphological diagnostic procedure as a baseline for orthodontic treatment planning (analysis of teeth position, shape and size of the jaws and occlusion findings on dental study models in saggital, vertical and transverse plane of space ).

Knowing basic principles of orthodontic abnormalities in saggital, vertical and transverse plane of space.

Sk

ills

Taking anatomical imprints, molding and creating of working and study models

Analysis of study models using instrumentation for gnathometric analysis (differentiating between milk teeth and permanent

teeth, determining the middle point of the jaw, analysis of teeth position and dental arch development, analysis of occlusal relationships)

Creation of retention and active wire elements for mobile orthodontic apparatus

Theoretical teaching – methodical units

Definition, tasks and objectives of the course; Psychological and social-economical importance of orthodontics

History of orthodontics; first records on orthodontic disorders; records on orthodontic therapy before Engel and towards modern orthodontic therapy approach

Prenatal development of head and face,

Prenatal development of teeth

Postnatal development of the head, face, jaws and teeth from birth to first milk teeth eruption

Development of masticatory organs from first milk teeth eruption to completion of milk teeth series (to 2. 5 years),

Development of masticatory organs in the period of first milk teeth series and early mixed teeth series (early mixed dentition)

Development of masticatory organs in the period of late mixed teeth series (late mixed dentition)

Development of masticatory organs in the period of permanent teeth series (permanent dentition)

Normal occlusion – ideal occlusion and articulation

Motor functions – general characteristics of muscles and their overall function, normal breathing function and its influence on the development of orofacial system,

Normal function of feeding – breast-feeding and swallowing and their effect on orthofacial region development,

Function of feeding – chewing and its effect on normal development of orthofacial system

Function of speech focusing on articulation of sounds in oral cavity and its importance in masticatory organ development

Features and importance of the imprint in orthodontics

Importance and creation of study models

Instruments used for analysis of study models

S

Status presens local – intraoral. General characteristics of deciduous and permanent teeth and tooth series. Shape, position, size of tongue out of function. Position of incisors sagittal and vertical, middle of tooth series. Initiation of other examinations.

Characteristics and importance of print in orthodontics

Importance and mode of making study models

Instruments for study model analysis

Schwartz`s analysis of study models, points of measurement of width and height of dental arches, mean value

Analiza položaja zuba u transverzalnom pravcu. Odredjivanje sredine gornje i donje vilice, Analiza položaja zuba u sagitalnom pravcu u vilicama

Odredjivanje položaja zuba u vertikalnom pravcu, oblik i visina nepca

Promene raspoloživog prostora u nizu (mojers, gerlah, bolton)

Procena sagitalnog odnosa vilica, terminologija okluzalnog nalaza

Značaj i analiza intraoralnih i ekstraoralnih rtg snimaka u ortopediji vilica

Rendgenkraniometrija i rendgenkefalometrija, rendgen anomalija

Analiza profilnog snimka glave po šbarcu i štajneru

Etiologija malokluzija. Klasifikacija malokluzija. Biohemijske osnove nasledja, način nasledjivanja

Uticaj nasledja na orofacijalnu regiju

Opšta oboljenja i poremećaj endokrine funkcije, njihov uticaj na pojavu malokluzija

Deficitarna ishrana. Kongenitalne anomalije i njihov uticaj na pojavu malokluzija

Lokalna oboljenja i traume- njihov uticaj na pojavu malokluzija

Poremećene funkcije i štetne navike- njihov uticaj na pojavu malokluzija

Hiperodoncija, hipodoncija, makro i mikrodoncija. Perzistencija mlečnih zuba- njihov uticaj na pojavu malokluzija

Nepravilnost položaja zuba, Nepravilnost broja i veličine zuba, Nepravilnost oblika i strukture zuba, Nepravilnosti zubnih lukova- teskoba, rastresitost, oblik i veličina, Nepravilnosti i klase, Nepravilnosti ii klase, Nepravilnosti iii klase

Transverzalne i vertikalne nepravilnosti, Kongenitalne anomalije- rascepi, Kongenitalne anomalije- sindromi Opšta kauzalna terapija,

Page 99: Study program details 2015

SU

BJ

EC

T C

ON

TE

NT

S

Schwartz analysis of study models, measuring points for width and height of dental arch, median values

Analysis of teeth position in transversal plane in the upper and lower jaw, determining the mid-point of upper and lower jaw

Analysis of teeth position in saggital plane in the upper and lower jaw

Analysis of teeth position in vertical plane of space, shape and height of the palate

Analysis according to Moyers and Bolton

Assessment of saggital relationship of jaws, terminology of the occlusal finding

Importance and analysis of intraoral and extraoral X-ray scans

Rtg craniometry and Rtg cephalometry

Analysis of profile Ro scan according to Schwartz and Steiner

Etiology of malocclusion, classification of malocclusions, biochemical basis of inheritance, inheritance pathways

Effects/role of inheritance on orofacial region

General diseases and disorders of endocrine function and their effects on the occurrence of malocclusions

Nutrition deficiency, congenital anomalies and their impact on the occurrence of malocclusions

Local diseases and trauma and their impact on the occurrence of malocclusions

functional disorders and bad habits and their impact on the occurrence of malocclusions

Hyperdontia and hypodontia, macro- and microdontia, persistence of milk teeth and their impact on the occurrence of malocclusions

Impairments in the view of teeth position

Impairments in the view of the number and size of teeth

Impairments of dental arch – crooket teeth, irregular shape or size

Impairments of I class

Impairments of II class

Impairments of III class

Transversal and vertical impairments

Congenital anomalies – Cheilognathopalatoshisis

Congenital anomalies - syndromes

Practical teaching – methodical units

Taking anatomical imprints, individual bite was moulds; working models and creating the base plate

Instruments for performing gnathometric analysis

Toothless jaw (milk teeth, permanent) and its characteristics; deviation from normal occlusion at all three planes – displaying characteristic cases

Differentiation between milk teeth and permanent dentition

Determining dental age

Analysis of study models – teeth status, labeling, numbering, type and shape of teeth

Determining the mid-point of the upper jaw. Transferring the median to the lower jaw. Rtg spine mentalis.

Analysis of the symmetry/asymmetry of teeth; reconstruction

Schwartz analysis: measuring of the upper and lower jaw/width and height of the dental arch/median value

Comparation of the teeth series in the upper and lower jaw at all three planes in space (saggital, vertical and transversal)

Bite classification according to Engel

Tooth ratio and dentition analysis (Moyers, Bolton)

Diagnostics of occlusal finding (terminology), therapy plan, description

Morphological diagnosis and therapy plan

Mechanical features of the wire and types of orthodontic forceps

Practicing the techniques of dental wire twisting

Components and basic characteristics of particular orthodontic apparatus

Twisting of retention and active wire elements of the orthodontic apparatus

Knowledge test

RECOMMENDED

READING

Mandatory

1. Marković M. Ortodoncija. Ortodontska sekcija Srbije, Beograd, 1982.

2. Marić D, Vukić-Ćulafić B. Praktikum iz ortodoncije. Medicinski fakultet Novi Sad, Novi Sad, 1998. 3. Jakšić N, Šćepan I, Gllišić B. Ortodontska dijagnostika – praktikum. Beograd, 2000.

Further

1. Marković M. Biološka priroda ortodoncije. Ortodontska sekcija Srbije, Beograd, 1976.

2. Lapter V. Ortodontske naprave: konstrukcija – namjena – djelovanje. Školska knjiga, Zagreb, 1988.

3. Ortodoncija; W. R. Proffit, H. W. Fields, D. M. Sarver, Zagreb

Student Work Assessment – number of points for individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final Exam Total

Lectures Practice Test Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

10 30 Practical30 30

List of Teachers and Associates

Associate Assistant Lecturer Prof. of studies Assistant Prof. Associate Prof. Professor Scientist

0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0

1. Prof. dr Branka Vukić - Ćulafić

2. Prof. dr Đorđe Petrović

3. Doc. dr Predrag Vučinić

4. Asist. dr Stojan Ivić

Head of Department Prof. dr Đorđe Petrović

Page 100: Study program details 2015

38. PERIODONTOLOGY I (StIV-PDNT) STUDY PROGRAM Integrated Studies of Dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of dentistry

SUBJECT Periodontology I

STATUS OF THE SUBJECT compulsory

Condition Gnathology

The year of

studies

Winter term (No. of the lessons per week)

Summer term (No. of the lessons per week Number of pre-exam

tests

Number or

seminar papers

Number of

POINTS Lectures Practice Lectures Practice

Fourth 1 2 / / 1 1 3, 0

Methodology Lectures and practice

AIM

Getting acquainted with the conception of support apparatus of teeth, its function and importance, causes and mechanism of periodontal

disorders and learning about basic diagnostic and therapy procedures

PU

RP

OS

E

knowledge

Acquiring basic knowledge of etiology, pathogenesis and classification of periodontal diseases, as well as basic methods used in

establishing diagnosis and treatment.

SKILLS

Acquiring basic periodontal instruments, their names, application and appropriate techniques of usage. Mastering manual skills by

working with mannequins and patient models.

CO

NT

EN

TS

OF

SU

BJE

CT

:

Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1. Anatomy, histology and function of parodontium

2. Etiology of periodontal diseases. Local and systemic etiological factors. 3. Pathogenesis of periodontal diseases. Mechanisms of action of dental plaque. Defense factors in oral cavity.

4. Classification of periodontal diseases.

5. Clinical picture of gingivitis. 6. Clinical picture of periodontal diseases.

7. Diagnosis and differential diagnosis

8. Epidemiology of periodontal diseases.

Practical teaching – methodical units

1. Basic features of healthy periodontium;

2. Etiology of parodonotopatia (specific and common factors) 3. Motivating and educating patients on daily oral hygiene.

4. Clinical picture of periodontal diseases: gingivitis, paradontopatia

5. Periodontal status index 6. Depth of periodontal pocket, epithelial attachment level, gingival level, working on models

7. Dental plaque: identification, removal. Working on models.

8. Concrements, features and importance; Instruments and removal techniques. Working on models 9. Subgingival concrements, Instruments and removal techniques. Working on models

10. Processing of periodontal pockets: Instruments and techniques. Working on models

11. Medical history and clinical examination of the patient.

RECOMMENDED

READING

Compulsory 1. B. Dimitrijević: KLINIČKA PARODONTOLOGIJA. Beograd 2011

Additional 1.

Student evaluation –no. of points for each activity

Pre-exam activities Final exam Total

Lectures Practice Pre-exam tests seminar papers Other Written Oral 100

10 20 20 50

List of professors and assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Professor Assistant prof. Associate Prof. Full professor scientist

0 3 0 0 0 1 0 0

1. Prof. dr Milanko Đurić 2. Ass. dr Jelena Računica

3. Ass. dr. Ivana Gušić

4. Ass. dr Tanja Predin

The Head of the Department Prof. Dr Đorđe Petrović

Page 101: Study program details 2015
Page 102: Study program details 2015

39. OPERATIVE DENTISTRY – CLINIC II (StIV-BZUK) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of dentistry

NAME OF SUBJECT TEETH DISEASE – CLINIC 2

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Compulsory

Condition Diseases of teeth-Clinic I, Special Pharmacology (exam)

Year of studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

ECTS credits Lectures Pract. Lectures Pract.

fourth 0 3 0 0 3, 0

Methods of teaching Theoretical and practical

GO

AL

The aim of the course is to train the student in diagnosing and treating disorders of hard tissues and dental pulp under clinical conditions

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge Diagnostics and therapy of hard dental tissues and dental pulp.

Skills

Skills are acquired through independent practical clinical work with permanent control of the working stages. Compulsory study

program in the framework of clinical practical training in Operative dentistry – clinic I and II comprises total of 17 definitive fillings (composite and GJC fillings, therapy of deep caries) including multisurface amalgam filling. Some aspects of clinical skills are

integrated in subjects Endodontics I and II. During practical work encompassed by Operative Dentistry I and II, and Endodontics I

and II, the students have to perform 40 treatments of hard dental tissues with definitive fillings. At the end of the practical course in Operative Dentistry II student should:

1. master diagnostic procedures related to diseases of hard dental tissue and dental pulp

2. acquire theoretical and practical knowledge on materials for temporary and definitive cavity closing 3. acquire theoretical and practical knowledge on all types of cavity preparation, retention and restoration by using modern

materials and instrumentation for placing definitive fillings

4. demonstrate theoretical and practical knowledge about therapeutics and therapy approach and protocol in treatment of deep caries and dental pulp diseases

CO

NT

EN

T O

F T

HE

SU

BJ

EC

T:

Theoretical teaching – methodical units

Practical teaching – methodical units

Preparation and restoration of III class cavities using composite material applying glass-ionomer cement base and adhesive system Preparation and restoration of IV class complex cavities using composite fillings

Restoration of V class cavities using composite material on frontal teeth

Application of composite material on lateral teeth – indications and contraindications Preparation and restoration of I class cavities on occlusal surfaces using adhesive systems and composite fillings

Preparation and restoration of cavities on dental neck (wedge shaped erosion) by applying adhesive systems and composite fillings Preparation and restoration of I class cavities on occlusal surfaces by applying adhesive systems, GIC base and composite fillings

Preparation and restoration of multisurface cavities on lateral teeth using adhesive systems, GIC base (open and closed “sandwich” technique)

and composite fillings Restoration of complex cavities on lateral teeth applying adhesive composite system and additional retention modalities (channels and retention

spots)

Restorative procedure using glass-ionomere cement on frontal teeth

Restoration of III and V class cavities using GIC

Restoration of cavities in gingival third of the crown using glass ionomere cement (wedge shaped erosions)

Therapy procedures in deep caries – diagnosis and processing of carious lesion, placing material for indirect pulp capping Restorative techniques for preserving pulp vitality

Vital pulpotomy – technique

One-step therapy of deep caries: indirect pulp capping and tooth restoration using definitive filling Multy-step therapy of deep caries: drug, protective base (GIC) with temporary cavity restoration

Restoration of deep cavities depending on therapy modality and the type – cavity localization

Control of therapy outcome in deep caries after one-step and multy-step treatment Restorative procedure in complex cavities with additional retention applying amalgam and composite material

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory

1. Osnovi restaurativne stomatologije Slavoljub Živković, Data Status Beograd, 2009

2. Oboljenja pulpe; U udžbeniku Endodoncija, V. Filipović i sar. , 3. izdanje, Univerzitet u Beogradu 1996

3. Biologija pulpe i dentina u restaurativnoj stomatologiji (prevod) Mjor I, Data Status, Beograd,

2008

4. Osnove zubnog karijesa (prevod) Kid E, Data Status, Beograd, 2010

Additional 1. Sastav i svojstva adhezivnih sredstava, podela adhezivnih sredstava; U monografiji, Odnos

fenomena mikrocurenja i jačine veze dentin-vezujućih sredstava kompozitnih sistema, Lj Petrović,

Univerzitet u Novom Sadu, Medicinski fakultet u Novom Sadu 2009

Page 103: Study program details 2015

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

50 Pract. 30 20

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

3 3 4 2

1. Prof dr Ljubomir Petrović 2. Prof dr sci Larisa Blažić

3. Prof dr Tatjana Brkanić

4. Doc dr Ivana Stojšin 5. Doc dr Igor Stojanac

6. Doc dr sci Milan Drobac

7. Asist. dr Bojana Ramić 8. Asist. dr Karolina Vukoje

9. Asist. dr Ivana Kantardžić

10. research associate dr Milica Premović 11. research associate dr Tatjana Vukadinov

12. research associate dr Tijana Lainović

Head of the Department

Prof. dr Đorđe Petrović

Page 104: Study program details 2015

40. EMERGENCY MEDICINE (StV-URG) STUDY PROGRAM

PROGRAM

Integrated studies in Dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of Emergency Medicine

SUBJECT EMERGENCY MEDICINE

SUBJECT STATUS Compulsory

Condition:N

on:

Academic

Year

Winter term

(no. of lessons per week)

Summer term

(no. of lessons per week) Number of tests Number of

seminars

Number of

POINTS Lectures Practice Lectures Practice

fourth 2 2 0 0 1 4

Methods of teaching Lectures, Practice

GO

AL

Students are introduced to prehospital and initial hospital organization and management of emergency and critical conditions in medicine, basic

and extended measures of cardiopulmonary resuscitation. It is essential to introduce a student to sudden death diagnosing and management, not only sudden death victims, but those who survive, as well as positive and comforting influence on family and friends. Mastering skills for

practical application of acquired knowledge in practice. Development of critical thinking and capability for scientific research.

PU

RP

OS

E

Know-

ledge

Introducing students to prehospital and initial hospital organization and management of emergency and critical cases in medicine.

Introducing students to mistakes that can occur during management in emergency medical practice. Obligations of a doctor in

case of sudden death. Use of medicaments and sophisticated technologies in emergency medicine and possibility of use in scientific research.

Skills

Mastering basic and extended measures of cardiopulmonary resuscitation (adults and children), basic and extended measures and procedures in injury management (adults and children). Mastering skills is conducted on phantoms and patients, as well as

presentations of possible health issues with questions, answers and discussions.

SU

BJ

EC

T C

ON

TE

NT

Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1. Principles of emergency medicine. Vital function assessment. Pain as vital parameter.

2. Assessing, maintaining and providing airway. Artificial respiration.

3. Acute chest pain (evaluation and management) 4. Acute coronary syndromes

5. Cardiogenic shock. Syncopa.

6. Emergency conditions in vascular medicine (dissection, rupture, acute occlusions, deep venous thrombosis, emboly) 7. Peri-arrest arrhythmia (tachycardia, bradycardia)

8. Hypertensive emergency conditions

9. Acute cardiac arrest. Basic and extended measures of cardiopulmonary resuscitation in adults and children. 10. Death – phases of sudden death diagnosis, communication with the family. Medico legal aspects of emergency medicine.

11. Acute peripheral arterial ischemia

12. Acute active hemorrhaging. Hypovolemic shock. Volume resuscitation. 13. Anaphylactic shock

14. Respiratory insufficiency. Acute asphyxia (identification signs, initial management)

15. Acute abdominal pain (evaluation, differential diagnosis, initial management) 16. Acute intracranial / spinal compression

17. Acute intestinal obstruction. Acute urinary obstruction.

18. Epilepsy and convulsions. Delirium and acute states of confusion 19. Acute headache. Ischemic stroke. Transitory ischemic attack (TIA)

20. Subarachnoid hemorrhage (SAH)

21. High body temperature in children. Dehydrated child. 22. Trauma – severe isolated and severe multiple. Prehospital primary examination (ABCDE principle) and on-site stabilization.

Prehospital management during transportation. Initial hospital management.

23. Acute poisoning

Page 105: Study program details 2015

Practical teaching – methodical units

1. Evaluating and maintaining airways – practice on mannequin. Side relaxing position – practice on mannequin.

2. Mechanical devices for airway securing. Bolus obstruction in adults and children (algorithm to procedures) – practice on mannequin

3. Difficult airway (algorithm to procedures) 4. Methods of artificial respiration – practice on mannequin

5. Intravascular access (peripheral venous, central venous, intraoseal ) –practice on mannequin

6. Infusion solutions for volume compensation 7. Vasoactive, inotropic and anti-arrhythmic medicines as initial pharmacotherapy of emergency conditions (ways of administration,

preparation, dosage, indications)

8. Basic measures of CPR in adults and children (algorithm to procedures) – practice on mannequin 9. ECG forms of cardiac arrest and ECG recognition of periarrest arrhythmia

10. Early defibrillation (types of defibrillators, indications). Cardioversion. Trans acute cardiac pacing- practice on mannequin

11. Extended CPR measures in children and adults (algorithm to procedures) – practice on mannequin 12. Pharmacotherapy of cardiac arrest (types of medicaments, ways of administration)

13. Therapeutic algorithm of asistoly – practice on mannequin

14. Therapeutic algorithm of pulsless electrical activity – practice on mannequin 15. Therapeutic algorithm of ventricular fibrillation and ventricular pulsless tachycardia – practice on mannequin

16. Simulation of cardiac arrest and CPR in adults and children

17. Simulation and management of peri-arrest arrhythmia and management 18. External compression, compress bandage. Application of MAST. Insertion of nasogastric tube. Bladder catheterization. Front and

back nasal tamponade. Toracostomy with needle. Decompressive pericardic intesis with needle – practice on mannequin.

19. Simulation of multiple trauma: primary ABCDE and secondary examination 20. Simulation of multiple traumas – score system in diagnostics and assessment of the outcome of the traumatized.

21. Sedation and analgesia (indications, types of medicaments and ways of administration)

22. Introducing to contents of prehospital management of the Institute for emergency medicine 23. Introducing to contents of initial hospital management in Emergency Centre

RECOMMENDED

READING

Mandatory

1. Vuckovic, D. “Emergency Medicine”, Obelezja, Belgrade, 2002 2. Newton – Christopher, R. H. , Khare, R. K. , EMERGENCY MEDICINE, Besjeda, Banja Luka and

Book & Marco, Belgrade, 2007

3. Pavlovic, A. , “Cardiopulmonary-Cerebral Resuscitation” Obelezja, Belgrade, 2007.

Further

Student Work Assessment – number of points for individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final Exam Total

Lectures Practice Test Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

10 30 60

List of Teachers and Associates

Associate Assistant Lecturer Prof. of studies Assistant Prof. Associate Prof. Professor Scientist

6 0 3 6 2 0

1. Doc dr Vladan Popović 2. Doc dr Ilija Srdanović

3. As dr Snežana Stanisavljević

4. As dr Vesna Pajtić 5. As dr Vladimir Manojlović

6. As dr Srđan Gavrilović

7. As dr Nemanja Gvozdenović

Head of the Department Doc. dr Vladan Popović

Page 106: Study program details 2015

41. ENDODONTICS I (StIV-ENDD) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of dentistry

NAME OF SUBJECT ENDODONTICS I

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Compulsory

Condition Operative Dentistry - Clinic II (Exam)

Year of

studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

ECTS credits

Lectures Pract. Lectures Pract.

fourth - - 1 2 1 - 3, 0

Methods of teaching THEORETICAL AND PRACTICAL

GO

AL

The objective of the course: Student should master the therapy of the endodontium and periradicular region

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge

The student should get acquainted basic and contemporary accomplishments in the field of endodontics, to get an insight in current

and future developments in this field, diagnostic of relevant diseases, instruments and procedures in the treatment of endodontium

and periradicular region.

Skills

The skills are accomplished during practical classes, by working independently under permanent control of working phases.

After completing the practical course in Endodontics I student should be capable of:

1. performing diagnostic procedures related to the diseases of endodontium and periradicular region 2. appropriately preparing the working area

3. demonstrating theoretical and practical knowledge on instruments and materials applied in endodontics

4. demonstrating theoretical and practical knowledge on instrumentation of endodontic region by working on models

CO

NT

EN

T O

F T

HE

SU

BJ

EC

T:

Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1. Apex and apical paradontitis, diagnostic procedures, classification, clinical picture

2. Introduction to endodontic therapy

3. Morphology of cavum dentis 4. Endodontic instruments (ISO-standard)

5. Aseptic work in endodontics

6. Endodontic preparation – working protocols 7. Definitive obturation of endodontic space

Practical teaching – methodical units

1. Diagnosis and analysis of X-ray scan 2. Therapy plan

3. Trepanation

4. Creation of access cavity 5. Testing of initial permeability

6. Odontometry

7. Instrumentation of root canal (techniques) 8. Irrigation of root canal

9. Medication

10. Obturation of root canal

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory Gunnar Bergenholtz, Preben Hørsted-Bindslev, Endodontologija, Orion, Beograd, 2011

Slavoljub Živković i saradnici, Praktikum endodontske terapije, Data status, Beograd, 2011

Additional Mahmoud Torabinejad, Richard E. Walton. Endodoncija-Klinička načela i praksa, Naklada Slap, Zagreb 2010

T. R. Pitt Ford. Endodontics in Clinical Practice, Elsevier Science London 2004.

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Pismeni Oral 100

50 50

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

3 3 3 3

1. prof dr Ljubomir Petrović

2. prof dr Larisa Blažić 3. prof dr Tatjana Brkanić

4. Doc dr Ivana Stojšin

5. Doc. dr Igor Stojanac 6. Doc. dr Milan Drobac

7. Asist. dr Bojana Ramić

8. Asist. dr Karolina Vukoje 9. Asist. dr Ivana Kantardžić

10. dr Milica Premović

11. dr Tijana Lainović 12. dr Tatjana Vukadinov

Head of the Department

Prof. dr Đorđe Petrović

Page 107: Study program details 2015
Page 108: Study program details 2015

42. IMPLANTOLOGY (StIV-IMP) STUDY PROGRAM Integrated studies in Dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of dentistry

SUBJECT Implantology

STATUS OF THE SUBJECT compulsory

Condition None

The year of studies

Winter term (No. of the lessons per

week)

Summer term (No. of the lessons per

week Number of pre-exam tests

Number or seminar papers

Number of POINTS

Lectures Practice Lectures Practice

fourth 0 0 2 2 - - 4, 0

Methodology Lectures and practical work, lectures, practice with professors and assistants.

AIM

The objective of the subject is getting familiar with the most recent technologies used in dentistry.

PU

RP

OS

E

knowledge Implantology is the multidisciplinary branch of dentistry. Students should get acquainted with its principles since implantology and

related dentistry branches represent the most contemporary trend in modern dentistry.

SKILLS

Through the practice on mannequins and simulation models students will acquire basic knowledge on dental implants and procedures

of their mounting. The prosthetic work will acquaint students with procedures of prosthetic rehabilitation of patients with implant-

supported dentures.

CO

NT

EN

TS

OF

SU

BJE

CT

:

Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1. Introduction to the course

2. Materials used in implantology

3. Selection of patients and pre-implanting preparation 4. Indication and contraindications for dental implants

5. Bone structure and the classification of implants

6. Mounting implants according to types / classes 7. Special surgery (pre-implanting preparation)

8. Complications (intraoperative and postoperative)

9. Therapy plan combined with implant-supported dentures 10. Types of suprastructures

11. Taking imprints for suprastrucures

12. Importance of working with articulator 13. Fixing of implant-supported dentures

14. Occlusal balance

15. The importance of check-up examination in implantology

Practical teaching – methodical units

1. Anamnesis of clinical examination and the x-ray scan analysis

2. Pre-implanting preparation 3. implantation on phantom (factory models)

4. Taking dental imprints

5. Establishing inter-jaw relationships

6. Cementing of implant-supported dentures

7. Fixing of implant-supported dentures with screw-retention

RECOMMENDED

READING

Compulsory

1. Osnovi oralne implantologije ( Dr Jovan Perović ) 2. Atlas oralne implantologije ( Dr Zoran Stajčić)

3. Transdentalni titan implantata (Jovan Perović, Milan Jurišić, Aleksa Marković )

4. Milan Jurišić i saradnici. Oralna implantologija. Beograd Stomatološki fakultet 2008

Additional

Student evaluation –no. of points for each activity

Pre-exam activities Final exam Total

Lectures Practice Pre-exam tests seminar papers Other Written Oral 100

10 20 70

List of professors and assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer prof. of professional

studies Assistant prof. Associate Prof. Full professor scientist

1 1 1

1. Prof dr Dubravka Marković

2. Prof . dr Siniša Mirković

3. Doc. dr Tatjana Puškar

Head of the Department

Page 109: Study program details 2015

Prof. dr Đorđe Petrović

Page 110: Study program details 2015

43. ESTHETICS IN DENTISTRY (StIV-IZPR) STUDY PROGRAM

PROGRAM

Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of Dentistry

COURSE TITLE ESTHETICS IN DENTISTRY

COURSE STATUS Optional

Condition no

Year of

study

Winter sem. (hrs/week) Summer sem. (hrs/week) Number of

colloquia

Number of

seminars

Number of

ESPB Lectures Practice Lectures Practice

fourth - - 2 1 2 2 3, 0

Methods of teaching

GO

AL

Mastering of knowledge and skills necessary for the implementation of diagnostic and therapeutic procedures in the areas of restorative dentistry

and dental prosthetics that meet the high ESTHETIC requirements.

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge

Acquiring of knowledge about: ESTHETIC parameters of face and jaws, teeth whitening techniques, possibilities of therapy of lost dental hard tissue by direct and indirect ESTHETIC restoration as well as conservative and ESTHETIC prosthetic

reconstruction of endodontic treated teeth that meet the highest ESTHETIC criteria.

Skills

Adoption of skills related to diagnostic and therapeutic procedures that enable making of highly ESTHETIC conservative and

prosthetic reconstruction of the dental crown.

CO

UR

SE

CO

NT

EN

T

Theoretical teaching - methodical units

I ESTHETIC requirements in dentistry

1. ESTHETIC parameters. Face; shape and height. Lips, lip mobility, length of upper lip. Symmetry. Occlusal plane and incisive edge.

Buccal corridor. The size of teeth and their relationship. 2. Color and color perception. Natural color of teeth. Color and ESTHETIC characteristics of the material used for the direct and indirect

restorations, as well as for prosthetic reconstruction (porcelain flakes (veneers) and ceramic non-metallic crowns).

II Direct ESTHETIC restorations of front teeth III Direct ESTHETIC restorations of the lateral teeth

IV Indirect esthetic restorations

1. Composite indirect fillings (inlays and onlays). Indications and contraindications. Teeth preparation. Prints and laboratory stages in making of composite inlays and onlays. Setting of composite inlays and onlays.

2. Ceramic inlays and onlays. Indications and contraindications. Teeth preparation. Prints and laboratory stages in making of ceramic inlays and onlays. Setting of ceramic inlays and onlays.

3. Temporary restoration of teeth prepared for indirect fillings.

4. CAD-CAM technology in making of indirect fillings. V Porcelain flakes.

1. Porcelain flakes -indications and contraindications.

2. The plan of therapy. Making of diagnostic models and temporary restorations. 3. Preparation of teeth (anterior teeth, premolars).

4. Prints for flakes.

5. Laboratory stages in flakes making. 6. Trial and setting of flakes.

VI Non-metallic ceramic crowns

1. Non-metallic ceramic crowns - indications and contraindications. 2. Types of non-metallic ceramic crowns.

3. Preparation of teeth for non-metallic ceramic crowns.

4. Prints 5. Laboratory stages making of nonmetallic ceramic crowns.

6. Trial of ceramic crowns and their setting.

VII Esthetic reconstruction of teeth treated for endodontic. 1. Characteristics of endodontic treated teeth.

2. Direct ESTHETIC restorations of endodontic treated teeth.

3. Indications for placing pulp cleats. 4. Types of ESTHETIC pulp cleats; the manner of their setting.

5. Reconstruction of endodontic treated teeth with ESTHETIC crowns.

VIII Teeth whitening 1. Types of pigmentation and discoloration of teeth.

2. Indications and contraindications for teeth whitening.

3. Whitening of vital teeth. Techniques in surgery. Techniques applicable in home conditions. 4. Whitening of non vital teeth. Techniques in surgery. Techniques applicable in home conditions.

Page 111: Study program details 2015

Practical teaching - methodical units

Cavity preparation and performing of direct ESTHETIC restoration of the front teeth

Cavity preparation and performing of direct ESTHETIC restoration of the lateral teeth

Cavity preparation and performing of indirect ESTHETIC restoration Teeth preparation and performing of porcelain flakes- front teeth

Teeth preparation and performing of porcelain teeth flakes - premolars

Teeth preparation and performing of direct ESTHETIC restoration of endodontically treated teeth Root canal preparation and placing of ESTHETIC pulp pins.

Making of ESTHETIC crowns on endodontically treated teeth

Teeth preparation and making of non-metallic ceramic crowns Application of teeth-whitening techniques

RECOMMENDED READING

Compulsory Internet

Additional

Evaluation of student’s work – number of points for each activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Practice Test Seminar work Other Written Oral 100

10 10 2h10 2h10 40

The list of teachers and associates

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

5 1 2

1. Prof dr Dubravka Marković 2. Prof. dr Larisa Blažić

3. Prof. dr Tatjana Brkanić

4. Doc dr Tatjana Puškar 5. Doc. dr Branislava Petronijević

6. Doc dr. Milan Drobac

7. Doc dr Igor Stojanac 8. Doc. dr Bojana Milekić

Head of the Department

Prof. dr. Đorđe Petrović

Page 112: Study program details 2015

43. MATHEMATICAL MODELS IN DENTAL RESEARCH (StIV-IZPR) STUDY PROGRAM Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of Dentistry

COURSE TITLE MATHEMATICAL MODELS IN DENTAL RESEARCH

COURSE STATUS optional

Condition no

Year of

study

Winter sem. (hrs/week) Summer sem. (hrs/week) Number of colloquia

Number of

seminars

Number of

ESPB Lectures Practice Lectures Practice

fourth - - 2 1 - - 3, 0

Methods of teaching Lectures, interactive lectures, Internet use, e-learning, practical classes, workshops, learning based on computational problems, the analysis of cases from the practice, participation in research and development projects

GO

A

L To understand and apply mathematical modeling in dental research.

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge After passing the exam student is expected know different approaches of mathematical data modeling and to express the factors influencing variability in dentistry by the parameters of mathematical models.

Skills Upon the completion of the course, the student is expected to be able to apply the appropriate mathematical model in dental theory and practice and to calculate the unknown parameters of the model.

COURSE CONTENT: Theoretical teaching - methodical units

1. Modeling in dentistry 2. Mathematical modeling methods in dentistry 3. The method of least squares 4. Systemic approach to dental researches and practice 5. Laplace and Fourier’s transformation 6. Complete Laplace’s transformation, the concept of subsystems and partial Laplace’s transformation 7. Application of spine functions 8. Interpolation and approximation of functions 9. The principle of convolution 10. Heavisid’s development and general theorem on partial fractions in solving mathematical models via Laplace’s transformation 11. General compartment theory 12. The method successive derivative ratio spectra 13. The method of frequency response of linear dynamic systems 14. The method based on the concept of artificial neural networks 15. Method based on fuzzy logic of theory groups 16. The method based on fractal concept 17. The application of incomplete derivatives of linear differential equations, their sum and integrals

Practical teaching - methodical units

1. Systems theory in dentistry 2. Identification of systems 3. Frequency-response data model 4. Structural model 5. System time delay and shunt system 6. Application of system theory in biology, medicine and dentistry 7. Composite materials in dentistry and the application of mathematical models

RECOMMENDED

READING

Compulsory

1. Popović J, Mathematical principles in pharmacokinetics, compartment analysis and biopharmacology, Faculty of Medicine, Novi Sad

2. Popović J, Mathematical principles in pharmacokinetics, compartment analysis and biopharmacology II part, Faculty of Medicine, Novi Sad

Additional 1. Ritschel W. Kearns G, Handbook of Basic Pharmacokinetics, APhA Publications, 6th edition, 2004. 2. Pokrajac M, Pharmacokinetics, Grafolik, Beograd

Evaluation of student’s work – number of points for each activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Practice Colloquium Seminar work Other Written Oral 100

25 25 0 0 0 50 0

The list of teachers and associates

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant prof. Associate Prof. Professor Scientist

0 1 0 0 1 0 5 0

1. Prof. Jovan Popović PhD

2. Prof. Stevan Popović PhD

3. Assistant prof. Ljubomir Petrović PhD

4. Prof. Stevan Pilipović PhD

5. Prof. Ljubiša Džambas PhD

6. Asst. Saša Vukmirović

Head of the Department

Page 113: Study program details 2015

Prof. dr Đorđe Petrović

Page 114: Study program details 2015

43. MANAGEMENT IN MEDICINE AND DENTISTRY(StIV-IZPR) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of social medicine

NAME OF THE SUBJECT MANAGEMENT IN MEDICINE AND DENTISTRY

SUBJECT STATUS Optional

Condition: none

Study year Winter term (No. of lessons per week) Summer term (No. of lessons per week)

No. of tests No. of seminars

ECTS credits Lectures Pract. Lectures Pract.

fourth - - 2 1 1 1 3, 0

Methods of teaching Lectures, Pract. , Seminar paper

GO

AL

Introducing students to the basics and principles of organization and management systems, with emphasis on health care system as a system providing services in the field of health care in the community. Therefore, mastering the technology for managing specific process in healthcare

is the principal goal to be achieved in this course.

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge

The course is structured to enable students to acquire knowledge about the importance of management in modern organization.

Principles, methods, models and functions of management encompass the knowledge that the student acquires through this course, thus enabling him to solve the problems arising in the healthcare system.

Skills

Acquired knowledge allow mastering communication skills in the organization, developing motivation models, direction and

leadership in different situations, designing personnel policy, creation of teams and teamwork, effectively lead the meetings and informing the users within the healthcare system

SU

BJ

EC

T C

ON

TE

NT

Theoretical teaching-methodical units

1. Definition of management and health management

2. Development of theory and practice of management and organization 3. Entrepreneurial Management

4. Structuring management functions

5. Principles of Management 6. Methods of management

7. Management Functions

8. Planning and organizing process 9. Personnel management - the primary function of management

10. Management - Leadership approach to achieving impact on the members of the organization 11. Approaches and styles of management

12. Communication and communication management

13. Motivation in management - the importance and forms of realization of the motivational impact 14. Development Strategy of Health

15. The reform of health system

16. Development of Health Strategy 17. Healthcare system reform

Practical teaching-methodical units

1. Modeling of the organization system 2. Creating plans

3. Structuring communication and communication networks in the organization

4. Create a system of motivation and stimulation of employees 5. Planning staff policy and their development in the organization

Page 115: Study program details 2015

RECOMMANDED

LITERATURE

Compulsory

1. Grujić V. , Martinov Cvejin M. , Leković B. , Menadžment u zdravstvu, Univerzitet u Novom

Sadu, Medicinski fakultet, 2007.

2. Leković B. , Principi menadžmenta, Univerzitet u Novom Sadu, Ekonomski fakultet, Subotica, 2006.

Additional 1. Mićković P. , Menadžment zdravstvenog sistema, ECPD, Beograd

2. Vukmanović Č. , Menadžment u zdravstvu, ECPD, Savremena administracija, Beograd

Evaluation of students' work– ECTS credits per each activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

15 10 20 10 - - 45

Spisak nastavnika i Associatea

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

- 5 9 - 5 2 2

-

1. Prof. dr Vera Grujić

2. Prof. . dr Mirjana Martinov Cvejin 3. Prof. dr Eržebet Ač Nikolić

4. Prof. dr Agneš Boljević

5. Doc. dr Svetlana Kvrgić 6. Doc. dr Vesna Mijatović Jovanović

7. Doc. dr Snežana Ukropina

8. Doc. dr Olja Nićiforović Šurković 9. Doc. dr Dragana Milutinović

10. Asist. dr Sonja Šušnjević

11. Asist. dr Dušan Čanković

12. Asist. dr Sanja Harhaji 13. Asist. dr Sonja Čanković

14. Asist. dr Ivana Radić

Head of the Department Prof. dr Mirjana Martinov Cvejin

Page 116: Study program details 2015

43. DENTAL CARE OF ELDERLY PATIENTS (StIV-IZPR) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of dentistry

NAME OF THE SUBJECT DENTAL CARE OF ELDERLY PATIENTS

SUBJECT STATUS Optional

Condition: none

Study year Winter term (No. of lessons per week) Summer term (No. of lessons per week)

No. of tests No. of seminars ECTS credits Lectures Pract. Lectures. Pract.

fourth - - 2 1 4 - 3, 0

Methods of teaching Lectures and Pract.

GO

A

L

Knowledge of the aging process and their limits, timely dental care of the elderly, providing maximum care of the dental system through preventive and clinical methods. Protection of oral health and timely prosthetic rehabilitation of elderly and ill persons.

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge

Acquiring knowledge about all changes associated with aging. All changes that may occur in the oral cavity of elderly patients may arise as a consequence of the diseases affecting individual teeth and oral mucosa, or may be manifested as a consequence of systemic

diseases, as well as undesirable effects of different drugs.

Skills

Practical skills in dentistry, identification of specific pathological conditions of dental structures in the elderly. Defining systemic

diseases that affect elderly persons, as well as the irreversible changes that need dental prosthetic treatment. Skills in the field of

repair of soft and hard tissues, teeth extraction, final prosthetic works (dentures) . Showing the understanding towards elderly people,

whether healthy or diseased.

SUBJECT CONTENT: Theoretical teaching-methodical units

1. General anatomy, osteology of the head and neck 2. Physiology of the dental system

3. Masticator system

4. Systemic diseases affecting the elderly 5. Aging and changes in the oral lining

6. Aging and Periodontal tissue changes in the periodontal tissue

7. Care of the elderly or ill people and special procedures 8. Teamwork in dental care for the elderly cases

Practical teaching-methodical units

The plan of treatment depending on the mental and physical condition of the elderly

Anamnesis and clinical examination of elderly patients

Restoration of remaining teeth, a conservative and prosthetic Repair of the soft tissues of mouth

Extraction of teeth at risk elderly patients

Providing assistance to elderly persons or immovable

RECOMMANDED

LITERATURE

Compulsory

1. Jovan Vukadinov i sar. Gerijatrija za studente medicine, udžbenik Medicinskog fakulteta Novi Sad, Univerzitet

u Novom Sadu. 2008.

2. Jovanović SV, Jeličić NA. Anatomija čoveka glava i vrat. Savremena administracija Beograd, 2006.

3. Gudović R. Anatomija centralnog nervnog sistema za studente stomatologije. Ortomedics, Novi Sad, 2003.

4. Chalmers JM. Geriatric oral healt issuses in Australia, Dent. J. 2001;51(3)188-199.

Additional 1. Janković Lj. Oralna medicina. Beograd:Zavod za udžbenike i nastavna sredstva, 2004.

Evaluation of students' work– ECTS credits per each activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

15 30 10 5 0 20 20

Spisak nastavnika i Associatea

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

1 - - - - - 1 -

1. Prof. dr Ljubiša Džambas 2. Prof. dr Ljiljana Strajnić

3. Doc. dr Tatjana Puškar

4. Doc. dr Branislava Petronijević 5. Doc. dr Bojana Milekić

Head of the Department

Page 117: Study program details 2015

Prof. dr Đorđe Petrović

Page 118: Study program details 2015
Page 119: Study program details 2015

43. PHARMACOTHERAPY OF INFECTIONS IN DENTISTRY(StIV-

IZPR) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of pharmacology, toxicology and clinical pharmacology

NAME OF SUBJECT PHARMACOTHERAPY OF INFECTIONS IN DENTISTRY

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Optional

Condition Special Pharmacology (Exam)

Year of

studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests No. of seminars ECTS credits

Lectures Pract. Lectures Pract.

fourth - - 2 1 - - 3, 0

Methods of conducting teaching Theoretical Lectures and practical Pract.

GO

A

L

To acquire skills in applying knowledge in general and special pharmacology in dentistry

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge

Students should be aware of the importance of antiseptics, disinfectants and antibiotics in everyday dentistry practice with an aim of

preventing outbreak and spread of the infection, as well as the development of bacterial resistance to antimicrobial agents. Student should learn to select the appropriate antiseptic, disinfectant or antibiotic in his everyday practice, to be acquainted with the

pharmacotherapeutical approach to infection treatment, the pain in dentistry, to know the importance of adequate administration of sedatives in everyday practice and to be in line with information sources pertaining to novel drugs applied in practice with particular

emphasis on drugs that can manifest undesirable and adverse effects in the oral cavity.

Skills

Student should be trained for appropriate application of disinfectants and antiseptics in everyday practice, adequate use of antibiotics

in both prophylaxis and treatment, applying data sources on drugs commonly used in dental medical practice and identifying and recognizing adverse effects of the drugs in the micro-environment of the oral cavity.

CO

NT

EN

T O

F T

HE

SU

BJ

EC

T:

Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1. Importance of appropriate hygienic regimen related to working environment, instrumentation and personnel in dentistry practice 2. Knowing the spectrum of antimicrobials, efficacy and adverse effects of antiseptics and disinfectants in dentistry

3. Appropriate selection of dermoantseptics, mucosal antiseptics, disinfectant for items and working premises, instrumentation and

operation area 4. Appropriate selection of antibiotics in dentistry on the basis of knowledge of bacterial flora of oral cavity, spectrum of antimicrobials

and their pharmacokinetics, adverse effects of antibiotics and their interactions with other drugs with an aim of preventing

development of bacterial resistance to antibiotics and preserving the effectiveness of commonly applied antibiotics 5. Prophylactic application of antibiotics in dentistry

6. Therapy of dentogenic infections

7. Therapy of periodontal infections 8. Appropriate selection of analgesics in dentistry

9. Appropriate selection of sedatives in dentistry

10. Therapy of pain characteristic for patients in dental medicine 11. Data sources on drugs applied in dental medical practice

12. Importance of drugs and their effects on the micro-environment of the oral cavity

Practical teaching – methodical units

1. Practical application of disinfectants for working surfaces, instruments, principles of asepsis in personnel (hand hygiene) aimed at

preventing infection outbreak and spread in dental medical practice

2. Practical application of antiseptics in patients

3. Proper selection of antibiotics for prophylaxis of most common procedures in dentistry 4. Practical application of antibiotics in most common infections in dentistry

5. Practical application of analgesics based on knowing the action mechanisms and pharmacokinetics of the analgesics, their adverse effects and interactions with other drugs in most prevalent painful conditions in dentistry

6. Practical application of sedatives based on knowing the action mechanisms and pharmacokinetics of these drugs, their adverse effects

and interactions with other drugs 7. Using available data sources on drugs available in everyday practice

8. Knowing the drugs that can manifest adverse effects on teeth and the oral cavity

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory

1. Rang HP, Dale MM, Ritter JM, Moore PK. FARMAKOLOGIJA. Data Status, Beograd, 2005.

2. Kažić T. FARMAKOLOGIJA – KLINIČKA FARMAKOLOGIJA, Integra, Beograd, 2003.

3. LEKOVI U PROMETU, OrtoMedics, Novi Sad, 2010 (i starija izdanja)

4. Samojlik I, Horvat O. PRAKTIKUM IZ FARMAKOGRAFIJE I OBLIKA LEKOVA, Ortomedics, Novi Sad,

2012

5. Terzić M, Stojić D. FARMAKOLOGIJA U STOMATOLOGIJI. Zrenjanin : "Beograd", 2009 (Žitište : Sitoprint).

Additional 1. Lawrens, Benett: Clinical Pharmacology

2. Janićijević Hudomal S. Priručnik iz farmakologije sa toksikologijom za studente stomatologije. Grafotrejd, Čačak,

2004

Page 120: Study program details 2015

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

30 20 - - - 50 -

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Professor Assistant prof. Associate Prof. Full-Professor Scientist

1 3 0 0 2 1 4 0

1. Prof. dr Ana Sabo

2. Prof. dr Momir Mikov

3. Prof. dr Zdenko Tomić 4. Prof. dr Velibor Vasović

5. Doc. Dr Ivan Tušek

6. Prof. dr Aleksandar Rašković

7. Prof. dr Isidora Samojlik

8. Doc. dr Olga Horvat- rukovodilac predmeta 9. Asistent mr sc med. Saša Vukmirović

10. Asistent Boris Milijašević, dr

11. Asistent Vesna Mijatović, dr

12. Asistent Nebojša Stilinović, dr

Head of the Department

Prof. dr Momir Mikov

Page 121: Study program details 2015

43. RATIONAL PHYTOTHERAPY (StIV-IZPR)

STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of pharmacy

NAME OF SUBJECT RATIONAL PHYTOTHERAPY

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Optional

Condition Special Pharmacology (Exam)

Year of studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests No. of seminars ECTS credits

Lectures Pract. Lectures Pract.

fourth - - 2 1 - 2-1 3, 0

Methods of conducting teaching Theoretical Lectures, interactive teaching, experimental lab, seminar papers

GO

A

L

The aim of the course is to offer students information on modern phytotherapy as an aspect of traditional medicine and its importance in medicine

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge

Students will acquire knowledge on most important phyto preparations applied in our country and worldwide, their active

components, therapeutical dosage, action mechanisms of their active components as well as on potential interactions and adverse and undesirable effects

Skills

Students should be skilled in rational selection of appropriate phytopreparations (registered as herbal medicine or dietary supplement)

and their role in modern therapy approaches, to be trained in preparing and applying phytopreparations. The students will also learn

about the methods for identification and determination of the content of active component in herbal medicines.

CO

NT

EN

T O

F T

HE

SU

BJ

EC

T:

Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1. Rational phytotherapy, definition and role in modern medicine

2. Standardization, registration; legislation and guidelines for use of phytopreparations 3. Biological, pharmacological and clinical testing of phytopreparations

4. Pharmacological characteristics of particular phytopreparation groups

5. Phytopreparations in the therapy and prevention of diseases of major organ systems (CNS, gastrointestinal, respiratory, urogenitaly tract, metabolic disorders and disorders of immune and reproductive system, liver and biliary tract disorders)

6. Specificities of dosage of phytopreparations

7. Advantages and precautions in phytopreparations usage 8. Adverse and undesirable effects and interactions with particular drug categories

9. Phytonutrients

10. Adaptogens

Practical teaching – methodical units

1. Pharmaceutical dosage forms of phytopreparations – preparation and application, storage and disposal

2. Registration of phytopreparation (herbal medicine or dietary supplement)

3. Analysis and control of the Guidelines for usage of phytopreparations 4. Data sources on phytopreparations

5. Identification and determination of the content of active component in phytopreparations

6. Compatibility with the Guidelines for usage of commercial herbal medicine

7. Selection of appropriate phytopreparation in the prevention and therapy of the disease

RECOMMANDED

READING

compulsory

1. F. Capasso, T. S. Gaginella, G. Grandolini, A. A. Izzo: Fitoterapija-Priručnik biljne medicine. Prometej, Novi Sad, 2005.

2. R. Blumenthal: The Complete German Commission E Monographs. American Botanical Council,

Austin, 1999. 3. V. Schulz, R. Haensel, V. E. Tyler: Rational Phytotherapy. Springer-Verlag, Berlin,

Heidelberg, 2001.

Additional

1. WHO Monographs, Vol. 1 i Vol. 2. World Health Organization, Geneva, 1999, 2002.

2. Pharmacopoeia Jugoslavica V, Vol. 2. Savremena administracija, Beograd, 2001. 3. Kovačević N. Osnovi farmakognozije, Srpska školska knjiga, Beograd 2002.

Page 122: Study program details 2015

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

5 5 - 40 - 20 30

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant prof. Associate Prof. Full-Professor Scientist

- 2 2 - 2 - - -

1. Doc. dr Biljana Božin

2. Prof. dr Isidora Samojlik

3. Asist. Neda Gavarić

4. Asist. dr Vesna Mijatović

Head of the Department

Doc. dr Biljana Božin

Page 123: Study program details 2015

44. CLINICAL PROSTHETICS II (StV-KPRT) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of dentistry

NAME OF SUBJECT CLINICAL PROSTHETICS II

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Compulsory

Condition CLINICAL PROSTHETICS I

Year of studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

ECTS credits Lectures Pract. Lectures Pract.

fifth 1 5 1 4 8, 0

Methods of conducting teaching Theoretical and practical

GO

A

L

Introduction to basic concepts and clinical procedures in the field of fixed dental prosthetics, the overview of the role of prosthetics in dentistry

and adoption of basic principles in planning and oral rehabilitation of toothless patients.

PU

RP

OSE

Knowledge Changes in morphology and physiology of the craniofacial system, transmitting the basic parameters of the patients in the external environment, methods of making fixed dentures

Skills Diagnosis and treatment plan, root canal preparation, grinding of teeth, taking imprints in fixed prosthetics, cementing of fixed

prosthetic work

CO

NT

EN

T O

F T

HE

SU

BJ

EC

T:

Theoretical teaching – methodical units

Introduction to fixed dental prosthetics

History and development of fixed dental prosthetics Medical history in fixed prosthetics and its importance

Clinical examination of patients with toothless jaws

Craniomandibular joint connection - anatomical and functional specificities Characteristics of nonphysiological occlusion

Radiological diagnosis orofacial system

Study models for the processing techniques and procedures for their analysis

The role of periodontal tissue in the acceptance of occlusal force and planning in fixed prosthetics

Pre-prosthetic preparation of the mouth and teeth in fixed prosthetics

Principles of preparation of carrier-tooth Preparation of teeth for full cast crown

Preparation of teeth for metal-ceramic crown

Preparation of teeth for inlays and onlays Preparation of teeth for facets

Tooth preparation for non-metal crown

Types of non-metal ceramic systems Restoration of endodontically treated teeth

Indications for various types of ready-made pins

Cast upgrade Bridge types, the rules for planning and preparation

Imprinting in fixed prosthetics, individual mould-spoon

Syringe method for imprinting in fixed prosthetics Colors in fixed prosthetics

Temporary Crown

Cementing of fixed dentures Irreversible occlusal restoration and occlusion therapy using fixed replacements

Occlusal therapy of patients with malocclusion

Practical teaching – methodical units

Occlusal trauma, functional analysis of the orofacial complex

Taking anatomical imprints for study models

Analysis of study models Preparation of teeth for full cast crown

Preparation of teeth for metal-ceramic crown

Preparation of teeth for Inlay Preparation of teeth for facets

Tooth preparation for non-metal crown

Preparation and application of different types of ready-made pins Cast build-up on single-root and multi-rooted teeth

Grinding teeth for lateral bridge

Taking imprints

Adaptation of individual molding spoons

Syringe method for imprinting in fixed prosthetics

Setting colors in fixed prosthetics Creation of temporary crowns

Cementing of fixed dentures, constructing Michigan splint

Page 124: Study program details 2015

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory 1. in press

Additional 1. Rosensteil S, Land M, Fujimoto J Contemporary fixed prosthodontics, Mosby 2006.

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Pismeni Oral 100

10 60 30

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Professor Assistant Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

3 3 1 2

1. Prof dr Dubravka Marković

2. Doc dr Tatjana Puškar

3. Prof. dr Ljubiša Džambas

4. Prof. dr Ljiljana Strajnić

5. Doc. dr Bojana Milekić 6. Doc. dr Branislava Petronijević

7. Asist dr Aleksandra Maletin

8. Asist dr Milica Jeremić Knežević 9. Asist dr Daniela Đurović Koprivica

Head of the Department

Prof. dr Đorđe Petrović

Page 125: Study program details 2015

45. PEDIATRIC DENTISTRY (StV-DST) STUDY PROGRAM Integrated studies in Dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of Dentistry

SUBJECT PEDIATRIC DENTISTRY

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Compulsory

Condition Preventive dentistry

The year of studies

Winter term (No. of the

lessons per week) Summer term (No. of the lessons per week Number of pre-exam

tests

Number or

seminar

papers

Number of POINTS

Lectures Practice Lectures Practice

fifth 1 3 2 3 - 8, 0

Methodology

AIM

Students should gain basic knowledge in pediatric dentistry

PU

RP

OS

E

knowledge Student should be able to perceive basic dental problems of children and establish diagnosis and treatment.

SKILLS Students should gain knowledge of the medical procedures in pediatric dentistry.

CO

NT

EN

TS

OF

SU

BJE

CT

:

Theoretical teaching - methodical units

1. Child dentistry: definition, aims, importance and objectives.

2. The development of oral cavity and teeth, development of jaw and odontogenesis

3. The teeth eruption: mechanism, theories, chronology, marking, histological and anatomic features of milk and permanent teeth.

4. Irregularities in teeth growth: classification and etiology. Irregularities in teeth growth, position, shape, size, number and

color. Irregular teeth structure caused by common, local factors and intoxications. Hereditary and idiopathic structure

irregularities.

5. Dentistry and children: diagnosis, anamnesis, regular check-ups. Planning of work with children, difference in psychological types of children. Dentistry registers.

6. X-ray in child dentistry, types of scanning, indications and protection.

7. Caries of milk teeth: properties, localization, diagnosis and therapy. Circulatory caries. 8. Treatment of caries of milk and permanent teeth: treatment of initial carious lesions. Preventive fillings. Treatment of advanced

stages of caries.

9. Filling materials in child dentistry: materials for temporary and permanent filling ( amalgam, composite, gas-ionomere) 10. Pain control and anesthesia in pediatric dentistry: application of local and esthetics in the preparation of oral cavity for tooth

extraction.

11. Treatment of dental pulp and preapical tissue: pulp diseases, diagnosis and treatment of dental pulp of milk and permanent teeth. Periodontitis of milk teeth and permanent teeth, diagnosis, complications, therapy. Treatment of the teeth with partially

developed roots.

12. Soft tissue diseases: types, classification, diagnosis and therapy. 13. Periodontal diseases of children: types, classification, diagnosis and therapy. Juvenile periodontal diseases.

14. Influence of common diseases on the oral cavity and teeth of children.

15. Oral surgery treatment of children: tooth extraction, indications and contra-indications. Emergency conditions in dentistry.

Tumors and cysts.

16. Tooth injuries of milk and permanent teeth: types, diagnosis, complications and therapy.

17. Management of high-risk pediatric patients: children with heart and circulatory diseases, children with limited abilities- the use of local anesthetics .

18. Prosthetic treatment of children: specificities, principles, indications, fix and mobile compensations.

Page 126: Study program details 2015

Practical teaching - methodical units

1. Child dentistry: definition, importance, aims and objectives. Specificities of working with pediatric patients, pain control, first

visit to the dentists.

2. Psychological types of children: establishing and special approach. 3. Diagnosing diseases of oral cavity and teeth diseases in children: medical history, exanimation, diagnosis and continuous check

up.

4. X-ray diagnosis in child dentistry: methods, analysis of scans, indications, child protection during X-ray procedure. 5. Therapy plan in child dentistry: variations according to teeth types ( milk, mixed, permanent)

6. Milk teeth caries: features and localization.

7. specific preparation of milk tooth cavity: basic rules and principles. 8. Treatment of milk teeth caries: cavity preparation, deep caries of the milk teeth.

9. Complication of milk teeth caries: diagnosis, differential diagnosis of pulp diseases of milk teeth.

10. Treatment of pulp diseases of milk teeth: vital and mortal methods of curing. 11. Circulatory caries: clinical report, diagnosis, treatment.

12. Specific preparation of permanent tooth cavity.

13. Treatment of permanent teeth caries: initial carious lesion of the enamel, preventive filling, treatment of deep caries. 14. Treatment of caries complications in permanent teeth: vital and mortal methods of curing. Treatment of periodontitis.

15. Treatment of the teeth with partially developed roots: indications, techniques.

16. Emergency conditions in pediatric dentistry: first aid, acute dentogenic infections. 17. Medications and substrates in child dentistry: requirements to be met by substrates and drugs used in oral cavity.

18. Fillings in pediatric dentistry: materials for temporary and permanent filling. ( amalgam, composite, glass-ionomere cements)

19. Anesthesia in pediatric dentistry: specificity, types, complications. 20. Specificities of oral surgery in children: preparation of the child for surgery, instruments.

21. Extraction of milk and permanent teeth in children: specificity, indications, contra-indications, complications.

22. Injuries of milk and permanent teeth: classification, first visit procedure. 23. Injuries of supporting tissue: classification, diagnosis, treatment.

24. Injuries of hard tissues: classification, diagnosis, treatment.

25. Oral diseases in children: classification, viral diseases, herpes stomatitis. . 26. Periodontal diseases: etiology and classification of gingivitis and parodontopathy and juvenile parodontopathy.

27. Treatment of periodontal diseases: oral hygiene, plaque control. Early detection and treatment.

28. Specificities of treatment of children with disabilities: special visits and treatments. 29. Dental prosthetics in pediatric dentistry: indication, basic principles, prosthetic treatment of milk and permanent teeth.

RECOMMENDED

READING

Compulsory

1. Dečija stomatologija, D. Beloica i sar. ; Univerzitet u Beogradu, Stomatološki fakultet,

2005.

2. Dečija stomatologija praktikum, D. Beloica i sar. ;Univerzitet u Beogradu, Stomatološki

fakultet, 2006. 3. Povrede zuba, D. Beloica, Univerzitet u Beogradu, Stomatološki fakultet, 2007.

Additional

Student evaluation –no. of points for each activity

Pre-exam activities Final exam Total

Lectures Practice Pre-exam tests seminar papers Other Written Oral 100

10 30 60

List of professors and assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant prof. Associate Prof. Full professor scientist

0 1 0 0 3 0 0 0

1. Prof. dr Duška Blagojević

2. Doc. dr Ivan Tušek

3. Doc. dr Bojan Petrović

4. Doc. dr Sanja Vujkov

The Head of the Department Prof. Dr Đorđe Petrović

Page 127: Study program details 2015

46. PERIODONTOLOGY II (StV-PDNT) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of dentistry

NAME OF SUBJECT PERIODONTOLOGY II

SUBJECT STATUS Compulsory

Condition: Periodontics I, Special pharmacology (for taking an exam)

Academic

Year

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests No. of seminars

No. of

POINTS Lectures Pract. Lectures Pract.

fifth 1 3 1 3 4, 0

Methods of teaching Theoretical and practical

GO

AL

The aim of the course is to acquaint students with the principles of treating patients with parodontopathy, acquiring knowledge on the importance of periodontal treatment and novel accomplishments of modern periodontology, as well as to train student to independently perform conservative

treatment in clinical conditions

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge

The course relies on the previous course in Periodontics I and previously acquired knowledge and skills. This course will offer

advanced knowledge related to the prognosis of paradontopathy, therapy planning, treatment stages and procedures that are currently available.

Skills

The student should be trained to perform the clinical examination of periodontium, estimate the periodontal status and to establish the diagnosis. He should be acquainted with the instrumentation for dental plaque removal and processing of periodontal pockets,

working technique and course of the procedure. The student should be trained to independently apply and perform the baseline

therapy of parodontopathy.

CO

NT

EN

T O

F T

HE

SU

BJ

EC

T:

Theoretical teaching - methodical units

1. Prognosis of parodontopathy 2. Therapy plan

3. Preliminary stage of the therapy

4. Causal stage of the therapy 5. Application of drugs in the therapy of parodontopathy

6. Selection of the method for eliminating periodontal pockets

7. Processing of periodontal pockets 8. Resection surgical methods for eliminating periodontal pockets

9. Regenerative surgical methods

10. Surgical methods for eliminating mucogingival anomalies 11. Pre-prosthetic preparation of the periodontium

12. Treatment of disturbed occlusion

13. Complications of parodontopathy and therapy 14. Maintenance of treatment outcome

15. Prevention of periodontal diseases

16. Periodontal diseases and systemic health 17. Focal infection

Practical teaching - methodical units

1. Medical history, clinical examination, analysis of X-ray scans. Working with patients. 2. Prognosis and therapy plan for parodontopathy

3. Methods of decreasing symptoms of periodontal inflammation. Working with patients.

4. Manual and automatic equipment for dental plaque removal; working technique. Working with patients. 5. Causal therapy stage. Working with patients.

6. Removal of supra and subgingival plaque. Working with patients.

7. Processing periodontal pockets. Indications and contraindications. Working with patients. 8. Iatrogenic factors. Diagnosis and elimination. Working with patients.

9. Selecting method for surgical elimination of periodontal pockets. Indications and contraindications.

10. Surgical instrumentation. Basic principles of periodontal surgery. 11. Gingivectomy. Indications and contraindications – course of the procedure.

12. Flap surgery. Indications and contraindications – course of the procedure.

13. Regenerative surgery. Indications and contraindications. 14. Mucogingival anomalies. Importance of selecting the proper surgical method for their elimination.

15. Maintaining the outcomes of the parodontopathy treatment.

16. Focal infection. Identification the infection foci in oral cavity. Therapy plan and preparation of the patient for the elimination of oral foci.

Page 128: Study program details 2015

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory B. Dimitrijević: KLINIČKA PARODONTOLOGIJA. Beograd 2011

Optional J. Lindhe: Klinička parodontologija i dentalna implantologija. Zagreb 2004

Student Work Assessment – number of points for individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

10 30 60

Spisak nastavnika i Associatea

Associate Assistant Lecturer . Assist. Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

0 3 0 0 0 1 0 0

1. Prof. dr Milanko Đurić

2. Ass. dr Jelena Računica 3. Ass. dr. Ivana Gušić

4. Ass. dr Tanja Predin

Head of the Chair Prof. dr Đorđe Petrović

Page 129: Study program details 2015

47. ENDODONTICS II (StV-ENDD) STUDY PROGRAMME

PROGRAM

Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of Dentistry

NAME OF SUBJECT ENDODONTICS II

SUBJECT STATUS Compulsory

Condition: Endodontics I, Special pharmacology (for taking an exam)

Academic Year

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

No. of POINTS Lectures Pract. Lectures Pract.

fifth 1 6 0 6 - - 6, 0

Methods of teaching Theoretical and practical

GO

AL

A goal of the course is to train students for independent clinical work in the therapy of the diseases of endodontium and periradicular region.

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge

The lectures are providing the students with basic knowledge and novel accomplishments in the field of endodontics, current and

future development of dental profession, the diagnostics of the diseases and clinical procedures of endodontic therapy: vital dental

pulp, infected root canals, periradicular region and post endodontic conservative management of teeth.

Skills

During the practical course, students have to independently perform the endodontic therapy (instrumentation and obturation) of ten root canals (under permanent control of all working phases). Some aspects of these skills are integrated in the courses Operative

Dentistry- Clinic I and II.

CO

NT

EN

T O

F T

HE

SU

BJ

EC

T:

Theoretical teaching - methodical units

Pulpotomy and pulpectomy

Therapy of the infected root canal Therapy of the periodontitis

Endoperiodontal lesions

Complications during endodontic therapy Processes of reparation after the endodontic therapy

Repeated endodontic therapy

Reconstruction of the endodontically treated teeth Endodontic therapy of tooth trauma

Endodontic therapy of the patients from the risky groups

Endodontic surgery - indications

Practical teaching - methodical units

Pulpotomy and pulpectomy

Therapy of infected root canal Therapy of acute diseases of periradicular area

Therapy of chronic periodontitis of the apex

Repeated endodontic therapy – non-surgical treatments Conservative reconstruction of the endodontically treated teeth

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory 1. Gunnar Bergenholtz, Preben Hørsted-Bindslev, Endodontologija, Beograd, 2011 2. Slavoljub Živković i saradnici, Praktikum endodontske terapije, Data Status, Beograd, 2011.

Optional

3. Mahmoud Torabinejad, Richard E. Walton. Endodoncija-Klinička načela i praksa, Naklada Slap,

Zagreb 2010. 4. Harty's Endodontics in Clinical Practice, edited by T. R. Pit Ford, Elsevier Science, 2004

Page 130: Study program details 2015

Student Work Assessment – number of points for individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

50 20 30

sak nastavnika i Associatea

Associate Assistant Lecturer . Assistant prof. Associate Prof Full Professor Scientist

3 5 2 2

1. Prof. dr Larisa Blažić

2. Prof. dr Ljubomir Petrović

3. Prof. dr Tatjana Brkanić

4. Prof. dr Ivana Stojšin

5. Prof. dr Igor Stojanac

6. Prof. dr Milan Drobac 7. Ass dr Ivana Kantardžić

8. Ass dr Karolina Vukoje

9. Asist. dr Bojana Ramić

10. dr Tijana Lainović

11. dr Milica Premović

12. dr Tatjana Vukadinov

Head of the Department

Prof. Dr Đorđe Petrović

Page 131: Study program details 2015

48. MAXILLOFACIAL SURGERY (StV-MFHIR) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated dentistry studies

DEPARTMENT Department of maxillofacial surgery

NAME OF SUBJECT MAXILLOFACIAL SURGERY

SUBJECT STATUS compulsory

Condition: Oral surgery

Academic

Year

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of

seminars

No. of

POINTS Lectures Pract. Lectures Pract.

fifth 2 2 2 2 1 1 6, 0

Methods of teaching Teaching and practice in block system

GO

A

L

Mastering knowledge and skills of clinical examination and establishing preliminary diagnosis of the diseases of oral cavity, head and neck.

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge

Identifying of the most common diseases of oral cavity, head and neck.

Skills

- Examination of oral cavity organs, head and neck.

- providing first aid to the patients with head and the neck trauma. Methods of the temporary immobilization. Haemostasis - Postoperative treatment of the patient in outpatient settings

CO

NT

EN

T O

F T

HE

SU

BJ

EC

T:

Theoretical teaching - methodical units

- Injuries of the maxillofacial region (soft tissues, fronto-ethmoidal bone, mandible, maxilla, zygomatic bone) – diagnostics, clinical features and therapy.

- Cysts of the soft and bone tissues of the oral cavity, head and neck and expansive processes of the jaws - diagnostics, clinical features and

therapy. - Infections of the soft and bone tissues of the jaws, head and neck – odontogenic and nonodontogenic - diagnostics, clinical features and

therapy.

- Diseases of the temporomandibular joint. - Neuralgia of trigeminal nerve and other painful conditions in maxillofacial area.

- Tumors (benign tumors of the mouth, head and neck, premalignant lesions and cancers of the face skin, melanoma, malignant tumors in

the oral region and lips, malignant tumors of maxillary sinus, metastasis in the region and staging of the malignant tumors) - diagnostics, clinical features and therapy.

- Diseases of salivary glands (acute and chronic inflammations, syalolithiasis, fistula of the salivary glands, benign proliferative processes, benign and malignant tumors) - diagnostics, clinical features and therapy.

- Clefts (definitions, classification, embryology and etiopathogenesis, clinical features, therapy, rehabilitation.

- Deformities of the face and jaws (diagnostics, classification, mandibular deformities (progeny, microgeny, laterogeny. . ), maxillary deformities (prognathism, micrognathism), apertognathia, other deformities) - diagnostics, clinical features and therapy.

- Preprosthetic surgery

- Basics of the reconstructive, restorative and esthetic surgery.

Practical teaching - methodical units

- Examination of the mouth and dental apparatus.

- Basics of the exam of the trauma, first aid in patients with trauma of maxillofacial area. Methods of immobilization. Soft tissue processing.

- Diagnostics of the benign and malignant tumors. .

- Diagnostics and therapy of the patients with head and neck infection.

- Diagnostics and therapy of the patients with the disease of the salivary glands.

- Diagnostics and therapy of the painful conditions in dentistry and maxillofacial surgery. - Postoperative treatment of the patient in ambulance conditions. .

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory 1. Maxillofacial surgery – Gavrić, Sijerobabin, Piščević, Beograd 1995

Optional

1. Fonseca – Maxillofacial surgery

2. Word Boot – Maxillofacial surgery

3. Petersen’s Principles of Oral and Maxillofacial surgery

Student Work Assessment – number of points for individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

5 10 10 10 10 55

Page 132: Study program details 2015

Teachers and assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

1. Prof. dr Miroslav P. Ilić

2. Prof. dr Aleksandar Kiralj 3. Ass. dr Bojan Pejaković

4. Associate Ivana Mijatov

5. Associate Saša Mijatov

Head of the Department Prof. dr Miroslav P. Ilić

Page 133: Study program details 2015

49. MAXILLARY ORTHOPEDICS II (StV-ORVIL) STUDY PROGRAM Integrated Studies of Dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of Dentistry

SUBJECT MAXILLARY ORTHOPEDICS II

SUBJECT STATUS Compulsory

Condition: Orthodontics I

Academic

Year

Winter term

(no. of lessons per week)

Summer term

(no. of lessons per week) Number of tests Number of

seminars

Number of

POINTS Lectures Practice Lectures Practice

fifth 1 2 - - - - 2

Methods of teaching Teaching is in the form of lectures, demonstrative and practical preclinical and clinical Pract. .

GO

AL

The objective of the course in Orthodontics II is to acquaint students with procedures and measures for establishing complete diagnosis of

orthodontic anomalies, treatment stage planning according to the established diagnosis, general principles of orthodontic treatment and application of diverse orthodontic equipment depending on patient’s age and psychical maturity. Mastering abilities of critical thinking and linking

different basic and advanced diagnostic methods with an aim of training future dentists to establish reliable and timely diagnosis in view of orthodontic patient triage.

Defining the most appropriate development stage and methods of preventive action against dysgnathia or appropriately indicate the orthodontic

treatment to provide better functionality of the orofacial system and facial appearance, thus contributing to improvement of general physical and psychical health.

PU

RP

OS

E

Kn

ow

led

ge

Possibilities of prevention and application of interceptive measures aimed at preventing the development and aggravation of orthodontic impairments

Basic principles in the therapy of orthodontic impairments

Therapeutic capacities of particular orthodontic apparatuses

Sk

ills

Taking anatomical imprints

Establishing morphological and functional diagnosis on the basis of clinical examination

Establishing of final diagnosis after completing diagnostic procedures and analyzing the findings

Planning of orthodontic therapy

Conducting orthodontic therapy using various orthodontic apparatuses

Application of preventive and interceptive measures

Interdisciplinary approach in treating severe orthodontic impairments

Theoretical teaching - methodical units

SU

BJ

EC

T C

ON

TE

NT

S

Introduction to orthodontic records, medical documentation

Medical history (importance in orthodontics) since birth to the moment of examination; family history

Present status - general: height, body weight, potential bone deformities, etc.

Present status – local: extraoral, morphological analysis of the face while still and in occlusion

Functional examination

Present status – local: intraoral, general features of milk and permanent teeth and tooth lines, shape, position, size of the tongue, incisor relationship in saggital and vertical plane in space, mid-point of tooth line

Prevention, interceptive orthodontics

General causal therapy

Biological principles of teeth displacement – response of soft tissues to relevant stimuli

Extraction therapy – systematic, compensatory, compromising

Active mobile apparatuses – parts, role of labial arch

Elastic wire elements – springs, screws, bow (ridge)

Basic elements of functional apparatus – monoblock, reduced activators, vestibular plane

Basic elements of functional apparatus – bionator acc. to Balters, function regulator acc. to Frankel, propulsor

Fixed apparatuses – combination of mobile and fixed treatment

Impairment therapy in the period of mixed and permanent dentition in transversal direction

Therapy of impairments of teeth and jaws in saggital direction

Therapy of impairments of teeth and jaws in vertical direction

Retention of the obtained therapy outcome, mouth hygiene and hygiene of the apparatus during therapy

Interdisciplinary cooperation - therapy

Page 134: Study program details 2015

Practical teaching - methodical units

Medical history

General and local extraoral clinical examination (body constitution, shape of the head and face, assessment of vertical and saggital face esthetics, biometric field)

Intraoral clinical examination, assessment of occlusal relationships, determining dental status and age

functional analysis (breathing, mastication, swallowing, speech, movements, lip position, determining the position of

physiological inactivity and interocclusal distance)

Analysis of X-ray scans in orthodontics (orthopantomogram, teleroentgen profile of the head, rtg of the hand, parallax system, bite

scans)

Reading and interpretation of diagnostic findings, establishing final diagnosis and therapy planning

Performing complete diagnostic procedure in patients with diverse orthodontic impairments

Taking imprints and individual bite in wax mould, medical history, determining the extraoral and intraoral findings

Functional examination

Analysis of study models, RTG scans

Establishing of final diagnosis and therapy planning

delivery of active mobile apparatus

Control examinations and monitoring of the patient. Admission and examination of new patients.

Clinical-functional examination and analysis of study models and RTG scans of patients-candidates for functional therapy and establishing the diagnosis

Therapy plan and obtaining construction bite mould

Delivery of functional apparatus (monoblock)to new patients and control of former patients

Processing of patients – candidates for therapy with fixed orthodontic apparatus

Mounting fixed apparatus and monitoring of the therapy

Practicing identification of diverse orthodontic impairments in saggital, transversal and vertical plane; treatment possibilities

Introduction to preventive and interceptive measures at different age (serial extraction, application of spatula, myofunctional

exercises, confection and individual vestibular plates, myofunctional appliances)

Indications for interdisciplinary cooperation in the diagnostics and treatment of severe deformities of the face and jaws (cleft lip, cleft

palate, progeny, skeletal open bite, gothic palate, speech disorders)

Consultations related to particular topics

RECOMMENDED

READING

Mandatory

1. Marković M. Ortodoncija. Ortodontska sekcija Srbije, Beograd, 1982.

2. Marić D, Vukić-Ćulafić B. Praktikum iz ortodoncije. Medicinski fakultet Novi Sad, Novi Sad,

1998.

3. Jakšić N, Šćepan I, Gllišić B. Ortodontska dijagnostika – praktikum. Beograd, 2000.

Further

1. Marković M. Biološka priroda ortodoncije. Ortodontska sekcija Srbije, Beograd, 1976.

2. Lapter V. Ortodontske naprave: konstrukcija – namjena – djelovanje. Školska knjiga, Zagreb, 1988.

3. Ortodoncija; W. R. Proffit, H. W. Fields, D. M. Sarver, Zagreb

Student Work Assessment – number of points for individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final Exam Total

Lectures Practice Test Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

10 30 Practical30 30

List of Teachers and Associates

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0

1. Prof. dr Branka Vukić - Ćulafić 2. Prof. dr Đorđe Petrović

3. Doc. dr Predrag Vučinić 4. Asist. dr Stojan Ivić

Head of Department

Prof. dr Đorđe Petrović

Page 135: Study program details 2015

50. DENTAL CARE OF PATIENTS WITH SPECIAL NEEDS (StV-SZOPP) STUDY PROGRAM Integrated studies in Dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of Dentistry

SUBJECT DENTAL CARE OF PATIENTS WITH SPECIAL NEEDS

SUBJECT STATUS Compulsory

Condition: none

Academic Year

Winter term

(no. of lessons per week)

Summer term

(no. of lessons per week) Number of tests

Number of seminars

Number of POINTS

Lectures Practice Lectures Practice

fifth 2 0 0 0 - - 1, 0

Methods of teaching Lectures, clinical practice at the faculty and out-patient departments in the field (schools and inpatient clinics for people with special needs)

GO

A

L

Acquiring practical knowledge and skills necessary for apprehension about characteristics of oral pathology, most common cases and diseases of people with special needs. Introducing to characteristics and basic principles of dental care for these patients.

PU

RP

OS

E

Know-

ledge

1. Knowledge of epidemiological and socio-economic characteristics of this patient category in our population.

2. Knowledge of medical aspects of dental protection of people with special needs. 3. Knowledge of specific oral pathology in most common cases and diseases of people with special needs.

4. Knowledge of prophylactic measures that can be applied to these patients (according to categories).

5. Introducing to characteristics of out-patient work and possibilities to work in i. v. and inhalation sedation. 6. Introducing to characteristics of working in total anesthesia.

7. Knowledge of legislation in dental protection of disabled people and obligations of health-care workers (dentists) to them.

8. Knowledge of most common kinds of disability.

Skills

1. Taking positive attitude about people with disability (accepting and understanding of their needs and abilities).

2. Skill at establishing communication with people with disability.

3. Capability to perform examination and make therapy plan.

SU

BJ

EC

T C

ON

TE

NT

Theoretical teaching - methodical units

- Goal and importance of the course, characteristics of oral pathology in people with special needs.

- Psycho-social aspects of dental protection for people with special needs. Types of disability, possibility of dental treatment.

- Prevention of oral diseases in people with special needs. - Prevention of oral diseases in people with special needs – prophylaxis of oral diseases.

- Individual program for oral disease prevention.

- High-risk patients in dental practice. Socio-medical importance. - Orthodontic treatment of persons with cleft jaw and cleft palate.

- Orthodontic treatment of persons with severe craniofacial abnormalities.

- Premedication and sedation of people with special needs. - Dental management of patients in total anesthesia.

- Rehabilitation of patients with special needs with mobile dentures.

- Rehabilitation of patients with special needs with fixed dentures

Practical teaching – methodical units

- Introduction to the specificities of dental management of patients with special needs, types of disability, communication capability, dental

work in out-patient treatment settings. - Admission and examination of people with special needs, management planning, practical performance (outpatient practice).

- Oral hygiene – selection of devices and techniques for maintaining oral hygiene in patients with special needs. Patient and parent training in

proper oral hygiene maintenance. - Outpatient treatment of high-risk patients.

- Dental management of patients in total anesthesia.

- Mobile orthodontic apparatus in patients with cleft jaw and cleft palate. - Fixed orthodontic apparatus in patients with severe abnormalities.

- Outpatient work in the field (schools and inpatient clinics for people with special needs).

RECOMMENDED

READING

Mandatory

1. Dental Care of the Medically Complex Patient, By Peter B. Lockhart, June H. Nunn, John G.

Meechan. Published 2004 Elsevier Health Sciences

2. Special Care Dentistry Author(s)/Editor(s): Fiske, Janet / Dickinson, Chris / Boyle, Carole /

Rafique, Sobia / Burke, Mary. Quintessence Publishing

Further

Page 136: Study program details 2015

Student Work Assessment – number of points for individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final Exam Total

Lectures Practice Test Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

20 20 60

List of Teachers and Associates

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

0 1 2 0 2 0 0 0

1. Doc. dr Bojan Petrović

2. Prof. dr Duška Blagojević

3. Doc. dr Sanja Vujkov

Head of Department Prof. dr Đorđe Petrović

Page 137: Study program details 2015

51. FORENSIC MEDICINE (StV-SED) STUDY PROGRAM Integrated Studies in Dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of Forensic Medicine

SUBJECT FORENSIC MEDICINE

STATUS OF THE SUBJECT Compulsory

Condition Surgery

The year of

studies

Winter term (No. of the lessons per

week)

Summer term (No. of the lessons per

week Number of pre-exam

tests

Number or

seminar papers

Number of

POINTS Lectures Practice Lectures Practice

fifth - - 2 1 - 11 2, 0

Methodology

Lectures. Practice: examination of the injured and the dead. The demonstration of autopsy report with discussion.

Taking samples for further analysis. Report analysis. Writing new reports. Filling in the forms-medical report and death certificate.

AIM

The main aim of the education in Forensic Medicine is getting students acquainted with the elements of protection of physical and psychical

integrity of each person, and mutual connection between medicine and law. It is necessary inform the student on legal position of dentistry practice, as well as the ethic and legal responsibility of medical professionals. Mastering skills for practical application of the acquired

theoretical knowledge. Development of critical thinking and abilities for the research work.

PU

RP

OS

E

knowledge

Introducing to students the ways of natural and violent health damage, legislation pertaining to that field and the ways of solving

possible problems. Obligations and rights in case of death of patients. Legislation on professional responsibility. The use of sophisticated technology in forensic medicine and their application in research work.

SKILLS

Practical application of skills: The examination of the injured, qualification and classification of the injury. Issuing of medical

reports: the medical reports on injuries. Taking samples for the criminological, genetic and toxicology expertise. Gaining skills for making the expert analysis given in court. Skills for examination of the dead establishing the cause and the time of

death. Identifying the person-the role of the dentist. Application of synthesis and analysis in the establishing the cause and

effect correlations on the basis of (injury or disease)- secondary status-the final biological cause (the terminal cause of death)

CONTENTS OF SUBJECT: Theoretical teaching - methodical units

1. The short history overview of forensic science. Definition of forensic medicine and its objectives. The relation with other medical disciplines and

the close scientific disciplines- the relation between medicine and law. 2. Definition of health damage- natural or violent Forensics aspect of natural death. Classification of the body injury according to the valid

NOKSA. The relation between the injury and personal aspects of the injured- Morbid injury and traumatic decease.

3. The death and dying. Forensic classification of death. The brain death- organ and tissue transplantation. Medical and law matters considering the organ and tissue transplantation.

4. Thanatology: the properties and changes of corpse. Establishing the time of death.

5. The reactions of the body to the injury. The vital, agonal and posthumous injuries. Embolism. Shock. 6. Mechanical injuries. Wounds and injuries. Common and particular features of wounds and injuries. Classification.

7. Physical injuries. Effect of the high temperature. The effect of low temperature-frost bites. Injuries caused by technical and atmospheric

electricity. Injuries caused by ionizing and x-ray radiation. 8. Asphysic injuries. General and local report. The distortion of the air contents. Obturation asphyxia. Strangulation asphyxia The pressure on the

chest and abdomen. Situation asphyxia. 9. General and specific toxicology. Definitions. Classification of toxins: caustic toxins and caustic toxins with the resorptive effects. Pesticides. Gas

toxins. Cyan. Heavy metals. Convulsive toxins. Medications. Poisoning gas. Poisoning caused by fungi.

10. Drug addiction- opiates psycho stimulus, hallucinogens. 11. Ethyl alcohol as the forensics problem.

12. Crancioncerebral injuries. Biomechanical injury. The types of skull break. Translational and rotational head injuries, Primary and secondary

brain injuries. 13. Nutritive, biological and psychic injuries.

14. Accident, suicide, homicide- general terms, definition.

15. Forensics expert and forensics expertise, law principles in forensics expertise. 16. Qualification of body injuries. Laws and principles of forensics. Expertise of non-material injuries(pain, fear and decrease of living activities)

17. Legal aspects of medicine. Medico legal aspects during the medical intervention.

Practical teaching - methodical units

‘’Classes of practice are conducted as a one week practice period during each semester.

1. Getting familiar with the contents of Forensics institute.

2. Work in autopsy surgery. 3. a. Examination of the dead. Identification. Establishing the time and the cause of death.

4. b. Description of the particularities and the changes of corpse.

5. v. Examination and description of injuries. 6. Forensic anthropology and identification. Identification in mass accidents.

7. Medical crimes: expert analysis of biological traces, DNA analysis, controversial paternal authority.

8. Work in chemical-toxicological laboratory. Learning the possibilities of working with the gas and liquid chromatograph and UV spectrometer in toxicological identification of drugs. Methodology of expertise of the state of alcohol consuming.

9. Analysis of court report. Elements of analysis and synthesis. Noticing the relevant facts in the reports, their discussion and creating

forensics opinion. 10. Double position video bim- overview of properties and various(mechanical, physical. etc. ) injuries of the corpse.

Page 138: Study program details 2015

RECOMMENDED

READING

Compulsory 1. Popović D. Šovljanski M. i Tasić M: "Sudska medicina". Medicinski fakultet Novi Sad

Additional

1. M. Milovanović: "Sudska medicina" (any edition).

2. Tasić M. : "Sudska Medicina". Novi Sad 2007. 3. Simić M: "Test pitanja iz Sudske medicine". Medicinski fakultet Novi Sad

Student evaluation –no. of points for each activity

Pre-exam activities Final exam TOTAL

Lectures Practice Pre-exam tests seminar papers Other Written Oral 100

20 30 0 5 (or =01) 0 15 (or 202) 30

List of professors and assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant prof. Associate Prof. Full professor scientist

0 3 0 0 3 1 3 0

1. Prof. dr Branislav Budakov

2. Prof. dr Radenko Vuković 3. Prof. dr Goran Stojiljković

4. Prof. dr Dragan Drašković

5. Prof. dr Stojan Petković

6. Doc. dr Igor Veselinović

7. Doc dr Vladimir Pilija 8. As. Miljen Mlaetin

9. As. Dušan Vapa

10. As. Padosav Radosavkić 1Seminar paper is not obligatory (according to the student’s wish). 2 If the student did not do seminar paper.

The Head of the Department

Prof. Dr Goran Stojiljković

Page 139: Study program details 2015

52. NANOSTRUCTURED BIOMATERIALS IN DENTISTRY (StV-IZPR) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of Dentistry

NAME OF SUBJECT NANOSTRUCTURED BIOMATERIALS IN DENTISTRY

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Optional

Condition none

Year of

studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

ECTS credits

Lectures Pract. Lectures Pract.

fifth 2 1 3

Methods of conducting teaching

GO

A

L

The aim of this course is to acquaint students with modern nanotechnologies, new diagnostic and therapeutic possibilities enabled by novel

accomplishments of nano-science and nanotechnology in the field of dentistry, as well as providing insight into the specificities of nanostructured

biomaterials and nano-devices.

PU

RP

OS

E

Knowledge The course will provide students with basic knowledge of modern nanotechnology accomplishments, nano-structured biomaterials

and nano-devices in the field of dentistry.

Skills

The subject provides students the basic knowledge and skills in the field of modern nanotechnology, nanostructured biomaterials

and nano-devices in the field of dentistry, directs students towards scientific thinking and research, and provides basic level of

knowledge in the field of nano-science. The course will offer students the possibility to extend their knowledge in this field throughout advanced study levels and to keep in line with the novel accomplishments of technological revolution.

CO

NT

EN

T O

F T

HE

SU

BJ

EC

T:

Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1. Nanoscience and nanotechnologies – definition, history, technological revolution, multidisciplinary approach, importance 2. Nanotechnology-from basic to applied science-nanomaterials, nanometrology, electronics, optoelectronics, information and

communication technology, bionanotechnology and nanomedicine.

3. Nanoparticles - production process (methods of synthesis of nanoparticles), direct molecular synthesis and connectivity, the unique physical and chemical properties, the problems of controlling the properties of nanoparticles

4. Nanomedicine definitions, scope of application, accomplishments in various branches of medicine

5. Nanomedicine-targeted delivery of drugs, pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of nanoparticles, the potential side effects 6. Nanomedicine-tech, manipulation at the atomic and molecular level, molecular medicine

7. Nanomedicine-targeted delivery of genetic material, anti-cancer potential

8. Nanomaterials - physico-chemical, mechanical, optical, electrical, thermal properties of nanomaterials 9. Nanostructured biomaterials in dentistry - unique features , biomimetic approach - matching the natural structure and properties of

biological materials , nano-coatings, current research

10. Nanostructured biomaterials in dentistry - applications in different industries, nanocomposites , surface nano modification of dental implants , and nano scaffolds and nanomembranes for guided tissue regeneration, ceramics reinforced with nanoparticles ,

remineralization with nanoparticles , the potential applications of nanorobots

11. Methods for characterization of nanomaterials in dentistry - microscopic techniques ( scanning tunnel microscopy, atomic force microscopy , transmission microscopy) , nanoindentation and related techniques of characterization

12. Environment protection - aspects of the impact of nanoparticles on ecosystems

13. Guidelines on the protective measures when working with nanomaterials , measurement of pollution and toxic potential , the need for systemic regulation

14. Social and ethical considerations

15. The potential impact on science and practice in the future

Practical teaching – methodical units

Practical instruction is closely linked with the lectures encompassing visits to relevant departments, clinics and laboratories of the Faculty of

Medicine to learn about characterization and application of nanotechnology in biomedicine and dentistry, as well as discussions on current

accomplishments in the field of application of nanotechnology in dentistry.

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory

1. Raković D. , Uskoković D. Biomaterijali. Beograd, Institut tehničkih nauka Srpske akademije

nauka i umetnosti: Društvo za istraživanje materijala 2010. 2. Subramani K. , Ahmed W. , Emerging Nanotechnologies in Dentistry: Processes, Materials and

Applications. Waltham, MA:Elsevier Inc; 2012.

Additional 1. Goran Stojanović "Nanoelektronika i primena nanomaterijala" Novi Sad, Fakultet

tehničkih nauka, b2012 1.

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Pismeni Oral 100

10 10 80

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assist. Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

0 1 0 0 1 1 4 0

Page 140: Study program details 2015

2. Prof. dr Larisa Blažić

3. Prof. dr Dubravka Marković 4. Prof. dr Jovan Popović

5. Prof. dr Karmen Stankov

6. Prof. dr Marija Jevtić 7. Doc. dr Bojan Petrović

8. Asist. dr Ivana Kantardžić

Head of the Department

Prof. dr Đorđe Petrović

Page 141: Study program details 2015

52. BASICS OF PERIODONTAL SURGERY (StV-IZPR) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of Dentistry

NAME OF SUBJECT BASICS OF PERIODONTAL SURGERY

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Optional

Condition none

Year of studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

ECTS credits Lectures Pract. Lectures Pract.

fifth 2 1 3

Methods of conducting teaching Theoretical and practical teaching

GO

A

L

The aim of this course is to acquaint students with options of surgical treatment and therapy modalities offered by modern periodontal surgery.

PU

R

POSE

Knowledge Acquiring knowledge on diverse therapy procedures in the field of surgical treatment or parodontopathy.

Skills Acquiring basic knowledge and manual skills in handling surgical instrumentation by working on models, attending and assisting

during surgical procedures.

CO

NT

EN

T O

F T

HE

SU

BJ

EC

T:

Theoretical teaching – methodical units

Indications and contraindications for surgery Types of surgical procedures on affected periodontium

Resection methods for the elimination of periodontal pockets Regenerative surgical methods for the elimination of periodontal pockets

Guided tissue regeneration

Surgical methods for the elimination of mucogingival anomalies Cosmetic periodontal surgery

Periodontal surgery in pre-prosthetic preparation of the patient

Complex periodontal-implant therapy Complications of periodontal surgery

Outcome of surgical treatment and maintenance of the results

Practical teaching – methodical units

Introduction to periodontal surgery; Indications and contraindications for surgery;

Instruments and materials in periodontal surgery;

Preoperative preparation of the patient; Surgical stitches and suture techniques. Working on models;

Passive or active participation in surgical procedures

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory 1. B. Dimitrijević : KLINIČKA PARODONTOLOGIJA. Beograd, 2011

Additional 1. J. Lindhe. : Klinička parodontologija i oralna implantologija. Zagreb, 2004 2.

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Test Seminar paper Other Pismeni Oral 100

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assist. Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

3 1

1. Doc. dr Milanko Đurić 2. Ass. Jelena Mirnić

3. Ass. Ivana Gušić

4. Ass. Tanja Predin

Head of the Department

Prof. dr Đorđe Petrović

Page 142: Study program details 2015
Page 143: Study program details 2015

52. RISK DISEASES IN DENTISTRY (StV-IZPR) STUDY PROGRAM Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of dentistry

SUBJECT RISK DISEASES IN DENTISTRY

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

optional

Condition None

The year of

studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) Number of pre-exam

tests

Number or

seminar papers

Number of

POINTS Lectures Practice Lectures Practice

fifth - - 2 1 - - 3, 0

Methodology Lectures

AIM

Acquiring knowledge on risk diseases and conditions in the field of oral pathology.

PU

RP

OS

E

knowledge

Management of oral pathology by working in a multidisciplinary team composed of the dentist and other specialists in medicine and dental medicine. Mutual creation of protocol procedures for team-based care that would provide minimum risk for the patient

SKILLS

CO

NT

EN

TS

OF

SU

BJE

CT

:

Theoretical teaching - methodical units

1. Introduction. Definition of risk patient in dentistry. Legal and medical aspects of work with high-risk patients in dental medicine

2. Infectious deceases and dentistry. Hepatitis, HIV; Protection of medical staff, disposal of used instruments and sterilization

procedures. Medical waste disposal. Protective equipment. Post-exposure prophylaxis. 3. Manifestations of infectious deceases in the mouth. Hepatitis, HIV, syphilis, herpes; Clinical features and diagnosis; Specific

treatment of oral diseases; Consultation and planning further dentistry procedures.

4. Patients with drug allergies. Diagnosis of allergy; Allergy to local anesthetics, preservatives, acrylic and other materials used in

dentistry; protocol of working with patients allergic to local anesthetics.

5. Allergies and immunology deceases of the oral cavity. 6. Premalignant lesions in the maxillofacial region. Clinical features, diagnosis, early identification, treatment and the course of the

disease.

7. Tumors of the maxillofacial region. Specificities of postoperative rehabilitation course and the treatment of teeth diseases. Specificity

of patients on cytostatic therapy and after radiation treatment of maxillofacial region. 8. Patients with cardiovascular diseases. Working protocols, methods and procedures of management.

9. Haemostatic disorders. The patients receiving anti-coagulation treatment; Hemophilia; Thrombocytopenia; Liver diseases; Patients on

dialysis 10. Excessive bleeding after dental surgery. Suspect haemostatic disorders, prevention and procedures in case of fatal complications

(hypovolemic shock). Fluid and electrolyte replacement.

11. Patients with special needs. Specificities of working under general anesthesia and specificities of dental procedures. 12. Patients with endocrinological disorders. Thyroid gland disorders, insulin dependent diabetes.

13. Patients with diabetes. Specificities of oral surgery planning in most complicated cases.

14. Psychical disorders, addictive diseases. 15. Risk pregnancy.

Practical teaching - methodical units

Demonstration of patients with risk deceases.

RECOMMENDED

READING

Compulsory 1. Jovanović G i sar Problematika bolesti rizika u stomatološkoj praksi Niš 2001

Additional

Student evaluation –no. of points for each activity

Pre-exam activities Final exam Total

Lectures Practice Pre-exam tests seminar papers Other Written Oral 100

40 60

List of professors and assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant prof. Associate Prof. Full professor scientist

1 1

1. Prof. dr Srećko Selaković

2 Doc dr Branislav Bajkin

The Head of the Department Prof. dr Đorđe Petrović

Page 144: Study program details 2015
Page 145: Study program details 2015

52. CLINICAL GNATHOLOGY (StV-IZPR) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of dentistry

NAME OF SUBJECT CLINICAL GNATHOLOGY

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Optional

Condition

Year of

studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

ECTS credits

Lectures Pract. Lectures. Pract.

fifth 0 0 2 1 1 3

Methods of teaching theoretical and practical

GOAL

Objective of the course: mastering the diagnostics and treatment options in temporomandibular dysfunction,

learning methodologies of reversible occlusal therapy and the basic principles of occlusal balancing by selective

grinding

GO

AL

Knowledge Knowledge on functional analysis of orofacial complex, evaluation of occlusion complex status, occlusion therapy, tooth

abrasion and malocclusions

Skills Skills in diagnostic principles and therapy of temporomandibular dysfunctions, selective grinding and creation of stabilization splints.

CO

NT

EN

T O

F T

HE

SU

BJ

EC

T:

Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1. Functional analysis of the orofacial complex , importance, methods , scope of analysis medical history

examination of the head, face and jaw

examination of TMJ and orofacial muscles , palpation , auscultation , functional tests testing the range and uniformity of mandibular movements

2. Evaluation of occlusion complex status

examination of the occlusion complex clinical and radiographic evaluation of the health status of the remaining teeth , caries , abrasion , periodontal disease, tooth loss

analysis of the position and continuity of the occlusal plane

analysis of the contact relationships of teeth in the intercuspal position and in eccentric contact movements of the mandible occlusion indicators ( markers ) , types, methods

identification of premature contacts and occlusal interferences

3. Analysis of intermaxillary relationships determining the position of physiologic rest of the mandible , patient preparation , methods

determining of mid-point position of the mandible , patient preparation , methods recording of the mid-point position of the mandible , importance, methods , materials

evaluation of the current intercuspal position of the mandible

analysis of mandible guidance in eccentric positions 4. Symptoms and signs of non-physiological activity of the orofacial system , traumatic occlusion , occlusal interference , the effects of

occlusal interference , muscle hyperactivity , myalgia , arthralgia , parafunctions of the orofacial system

temporomandibular disorders , epidemiology , signs and symptoms , diagnostics 5. Occlusion therapy

modalities , objectives, plan of the occlusion therapy

reversible occlusal therapy , indications, types of splints creation of Michigan ( stabilization ) splint

prognosis and the importance of reversible occlusal therapy

6. Irreversible occlusal therapy ( IOT ) modalities , objectives, plans , indications

determinants of occlusal morphology during irreversible occlusal therapy

7. Selection of the occlusion model during irreversible occlusal therapy model of balanced occlusion

model of mutually protected occlusion

selection of reference position of the mandible during IOT , type of central occlusal contacts , tooth contact ratio of the eccentric movements of the mandible ( selection of the optimal system of mandible guidance )

8. Irreversible occlusal therapy - selective grinding , definitions , methods, target of selective grinding , indications, plan of selective

grinding elimination of defective contacts in a central position

establishing optimal system for mandible guidance by selective grinding

elimination of protrusive , laterotrusive and mediotrusive interferences instruments and materials used in selective grinding

9. Etiology , pathology and treatment of tooth abrasion

10. Irreversible occlusal therapy , occlusal restorations using fillings, occlusal restoration using fixed and mobile dentures 11. Principles of occlusal therapy in patients with malocclusions

Page 146: Study program details 2015

Practical teaching – methodical units

1. Functional analysis of the orofacial complex

Demonstration and student work on a patient

history examination of the head, face and jaws

examination of temporomandibular joints, palpation , auscultation , X-ray images

examination of orofacial muscles , palpation , functional tests testing/measurement of the range and uniformity of mandibular movements (the data are filled into a special questionnaire )

recording of signs ( symptoms) of craniomandibular dysfunction

2. Evaluation of the status of the occlusion complex examination of the upper and lower dental arches

x-ray analysis

recording of missing teeth registering tooth contact with the antagonist , carious teeth , teeth with fillings , presence of dental restorations , presence of

abrasion facets , mobility of the remaining teeth (the data are entered into a special questionnaire )

3. Analysis of tooth contact ratio occlusion markers , types , colors , instruments

analysis of occlusal contacts in a central position and intercuspal position , identification of deflective contacts in a retruded contact

position of the mandible and premature contacts in the intercuspal position analysis of mandible guidance in an eccentric position, type of the guidance determined by protrusion , guidance by lateral movement

identification of protrusive , laterotrusive and mediotrusive disorders on models in the articulator in patient’s mouth (the data are

entered into a special questionnaire ), imprints of the upper and lower jaw 4. Creation of stabilization ( Michigan ) splint in patients with TMD

transferring models into the articulator, demonstration of making of splint

modeling of Michigan splint in the articulator ( demonstration and student work ) delivery and adaptation of the Michigan splint

5. Selective grinding

identification of occlusal interferences in the mouth and in the articulator selective grinding in the articulator

selective grinding in the mouth ( demonstration and student work on the patient )

6. Planning irreversible occlusion therapy selecting a reference position of the mandible

selecting occlusion model, extent of reconstructive intervention , type of reconstructive interventions ( information is entered into a

special questionnaire )

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory

1. D. Stanišić Sinobad i saradnici: Zglobna veza mandibule sa kranijumom, normalna funkcija i

poremećaji. Beograd BMG 2001.

2. Ž. Martinović : Abrazija zuba-etiologija, klinička slika terapije. Autorsko izdanje. Beograd

2005.

Additional

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Colloquium Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

30 20 20 10 20

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

0 2 0 0 2 0 1 0

1. prof. dr Dubravka Marković 2. Doc dr Bojana Milekić

3. Doc. dr Branislava Petronijević

4. Asist. dr Aleksandra Maletin 5. Asist. dr Milica Jeremić Knežević

Head of the Department Prof. dr Đorđe Petrović

Page 147: Study program details 2015

52. MOUTH AND DENTAL INJURIES IN CHILDREN (StV-IZPR) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of dentistry

NAME OF SUBJECT MOUTH AND DENTAL INJURIES IN CHILDREN

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Optional

Condition

Year of

studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

ECTS credits

Lectures Pract. Lectures. Pract.

fifth 0 0 2 1 2 1 3

Methods of teaching theoretical and practical

GOAL Objective of the course: Getting students acquainted with characteristics, etiology and epidemiology of teeth and

mouth injuries in children and with diagnostics and treatment of teeth injuries in children.

GO

AL

Knowledge

Knowledge of the characteristics, prevalence, importance of orofacial injuries, knowledge of classification, epidemiology , etiology of orofacial injuries. Knowledge of the Protocol for injury management and diagnostic methods and techniques as well as

the treatment of soft and hard tissue and the treatment of supporting dental tissues and complications of traumatic dental injuries

Skills Admission and examination of children with teeth injuries. Diagnostics in children with teeth injuries; analysis and interpretation of X-ray scans; Therapy plan.

CO

NT

EN

T O

F T

HE

SU

BJ

EC

T:

Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1. Injuries of the orofacial area, the mouth and teeth in children; Characteristics; Importance 2. Classification of mouth and tooth injuries in children

3. Protocol for the treatment of wounds

4. Etiology of oral and dental injuries 5. Epidemiology of oral and dental injuries

6. Methods for diagnosing of oral and dental injuries in children

7. Soft tissue injuries and mouth treatment 8. Injuries of dental hard tissues

9. Treatment of hard dental tissue injuries

10. Injuries of periodontal tissues 11. Treatment of periodontal tissue injuries

12. Complications of tooth injury

13. Restoration of injured teeth in children 14. Emergency conditions in orofacial trauma

15. Current trends in the management of traumatic dental injuries

Practical teaching – methodical units

1. Introductory exercise: the importance of studying traumatic dental injuries in children; a brief overview of the etiology and

epidemiology

Traumatic dental injuries in children 2. Introduction to medical records related to dental injuries

3. Classification of traumatic dental injuries in children

4. The procedure at first visit; examination; medical history 5. Materials and tools in the treatment of oral and dental injuries

6. Getting acquainted with the X-ray diagnostics in teeth and mouth injuries

7. Treatment of soft tissue injuries; training in working with surgical instruments

8. Treatment of hard tissue injuries: fractures of class 1 and 2

9. Treatment of hard tissue injuries: fractures of Class 3 and 4; build-up of endodontically treated teeth .

10. Treatment of periodontal tissue injuries: contusions, subluxation; . making splints on the model 11. Treatment of periodontal tissue injuries: lateral luxation , intrusion , extrusion , avulsion; making splints on the model

Conditionally permanent solutions: adhesive bridges

12. Conditionally permanent solution: partial plate dentures 13. Treatment of complications of traumatic dental injuries in children

14. Presentation of IADT (International Association for Dental Traumatology)of the Internet guidelines for injuries management

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory Beloica D, Vulović M, Dugal M. Povrede zuba, Beograd 2007 Povrede zuba – vodič za svakodnevnu kliničku praksu, D. Marković i saradnici, 2012

Additional

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Colloquium Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

30 15 20 10 10 15

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

0 0 0 0 3 1 0 0

1. Vanr. Prof Duška Blagojević 2. Doc dr Bojan Petrović

3. Doc. Dr Sanja Vujkov

Head of the Department

Page 148: Study program details 2015

Prof. dr Đorđe Petrović

Page 149: Study program details 2015

52. CLINICAL TOXICOLOGY (StV-IZPR) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of pharmacology, toxicology and clinical pharmacology

NAME OF SUBJECT CLINICAL TOXICOLOGY

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Optional

Condition

Year of studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

ECTS credits Lectures Pract. Lectures. Pract.

fifth 0 0 2 1 / 2 3

Methods of teaching Lectures. Practical work: introduction to methods of diagnosis, prevention and treatment of acutely and chronically intoxicated patients; introduction to the work in the toxicological laboratory, the principles of good

laboratory practice, sample handling and analysis of xenobiotics in various samples

GOAL

The main objective of the course in clinical toxicology is to get students acquainted with pathways of toxins entry

into the body, the basic physical and chemical properties of toxins, toxicokinetics and toxicodynamics of

poisons, prevention and treatment of acute and chronic poisoning. The development of critical thinking and

competences for scientific research.

GO

AL

Knowledge Students will acquire knowledge of the basic properties of toxins, mechanism of intoxication of the body, toxin-body interactions, basic measures aimed at prevention of intoxication and treating poisoned patients

Skills Application of theoretical knowledge: the principles of resuscitation of acutely poisoned patients, methods of preventing penetration

of toxins into the body, methods of natural and artificial detoxication, symptomatic and antidote therapy

CO

NT

EN

T O

F T

HE

SU

BJ

EC

T:

Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1. A brief historical overview , the importance of toxicology, the definition of poison, chemical structure and toxicity , exposure and

portals of toxin entry into the body 2. Absorption, distribution , metabolism , excretion of toxins

3. Types of poisoning, toxic and lethal doses, accumulation of toxins, adaptation to toxins, factors that influence the toxicity

4. Mechanisms of toxicity 5. Genotoxicity

6. Carcinogenesis

7. Acute poisoning with drugs for treating mental and nervous disorders and neurotoxic toxins 8. Acute poisoning with drugs for treating cardiovascular system and cardiotoxic toxins

9. Acute poisoning with drugs for treating respiratory system, digestive system, endocrine system

10. Acute poisoning with drugs and poisonous affecting blood diseases and blood-forming organs , metabolism and nutrition , which act on the immune mechanisms , infectious and parasitic diseases .

11. Effects of drugs and toxins on the reproductive system and skin

12. Acute poisoning with opioid drugs , acute intoxication with drugs acting on the diseases of musculo-skeletal and connective system 13. Pesticide poisoning; Pesticide - definition , basic features and precautions , classification of pesticides , biological test for

determination of residues; contamination of food through plastic packaging

14. Ethanol , methanol , trichloroethylene , benzene , chloroform , phenol , aniline , carbon disulfide , cyanide 15. Poisoning with carbon monoxide , carbon dioxide , hydrogen sulfide , sulfur dioxide , chlorine , nitrogen , oxides, ozone;

poisoning with acids and bases; heavy metal intoxication

Practical teaching – methodical units

1. CPR Cardiopulmonary resuscitation of acutely poisoned patients. Skills in establishing the airway clearance ( deflection head position,

triple grip, placement of oropharyngeal tube , clearance of the airways – manual or using the aspirator, placing the patient in

comma-position , Heimlich grip, orotracheal intubation (4 hours )

2. Artificial maintenance of ventilation ( mouth-to- mouth method , mouth-to- nose , mouth-to- mask, mouth-to- tube , the use of hand-

held mechanical ventilation using an AMBU-bag through a mask , AMBU-method with the tube , application of mobile respirator . (4

hours ) 3. Methods of maintaining artificial circulation ( chest compressions , use of defibrillators in cardiac arrest , CPR techniques with a

lifeguard , two rescuer CPR in acutely poisoned children , practicing techniques of peripheral and central venous line.

Medicamentous resuscitation of the acutely intoxicated patients (4 hours ) 4. Prevention of per oral toxin entry in the body - provoking vomiting , nasogastric suction , application of activated charcoal ,

inducing forced laxation (2 hours )

5. Natural detoxication of the body - forced diuresis , forced ventilation , hyperbaric oxygenation (2 hours ) 6. Artificial detoxification - peritoneal dialysis , hemodialysis , hemoperfusion , plasmapheresis (2 hours )

7. Prevention of toxins entry in the body via respiratory , dermal , iatrogenic pathway; proper detoxification methods (2 hours )

8. Antidote treatment of acutely and chronically intoxicated patients (2 hours) 9. Symptomatic and infusion therapy in acutely and chronically intoxicated patients (2 hours)

10. Diagnosis of poisoning - anamnestic, clinical and laboratory algorithms (4 hours)

11. Toxicology databases and importance of forensic toxicology (2 hours)

Page 150: Study program details 2015

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory

V. Vasović, M. Mikov, K. Đaković-Švajcer: „Odabrana poglavlja iz toksikologije“, Medicinski fakultet

Novi Sad

D. Joksović: “ Akutna trovanja lekovima”, Beograd

Additional

Dreisbach: Trovanja priručnik- prevencija, dijagnoza i lečenje. Data status- 13 izdanje

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Colloquium Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

10 30 2x5 50

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

4 2 2 4

1. Prof. dr Velibor Vasović Head Lecturer

2. Prof. dr Momir Mikov

3. Prof. dr Ana Sabo 4. Prof. dr Zdenko Tomić

5. Prof. dr Jovan Popović

6. Prof. dr Aleksandar Rašković 7. Prof. dr Isidora Samojlik

8. Doc. dr Olga Horvat

9. Asistent mr sc. med Saša Vukmirović 10. Asistent dr med Boris Milijašević

11. Asistent dr med Vesna Mijatović

12. Asistent dr med Nebojša Stilinović

Head of the Department

Prof. dr Momir Mikov

Page 151: Study program details 2015

52. EXPERTISE IN DENTISTRY (StV-IZPR) STUDY PROGRAMME Integrated studies in dentistry

DEPARTMENT Department of dentistry

NAME OF SUBJECT EXPERTISE IN DENTISTRY

STATUS OF THE

SUBJECT

Optional

Condition

Year of studies

Winter term (hrs/week) Summer term (hrs/week) No. of tests

No. of seminars

ECTS credits Lectures Pract. Lectures. Pract.

fifth - - 2 1 - - 3. 0

Methods of teaching theoretical and practical teaching, consultation and two expertise as the final exam

GOAL Objective of the course: Mastering knowledge and skills that is necessary for dentists - expert in criminal and

civil court proceedings, as well as providing evidence in court proceedings.

GO

AL

Knowledge Acquainting students with all the necessary knowledge of law, medicine and dentistry that are essential for the expertise.

Skills

The method and procedure for examination of the patient aimed at providing the expert evidence required in the court proceeding.

Skills related to obtaining dental samples for analysis and synthesis procedures. Report writing (expert’s report). Mastering the

basic skills of expert testimony in court.

CO

NT

EN

T O

F T

HE

SU

BJ

EC

T:

Theoretical teaching – methodical units

1. Medical and legal documents in dentistry; Specific dental records and documents ;

2. Dentist as a witness and the defendant in court ; 3. Medico legal characteristics of dental procedures ;

4. Medico legal specificities of specializations in dental medicine ;

5. Mistakes in medicine/dentistry, complications in dental practice ; 6. Providing and evaluating evidence - expertise in criminal procedure ;

7. Examination of the victim in order to evaluate the severity of the injury of maxillofacial region;

8. Providing and evaluating evidence - expert in civil legal proceedings ; 9. Examination of the patient in order to determine the basis for compensation of non-pecuniary damage in the maxillofacial region;

Examination by the Board (Consilium) ;

10. The tasks of the expert ( types of expertise ); 11. Organization of the Courts of the Republic of Serbia ;

12. Assessment and qualification of the severity of injuries of the maxillofacial region;

13. Types of non-pecuniary damages ; 14. The expertise of the intensity of suffered pain in the maxillofacial region;

15. Expertise of disfigurement of the maxillofacial region;

16. The expertise of disability of the maxillofacial region; 17. Expert opinion on disability / disorder of normal activity ;

18. Providing evidence of the claim against the dentist ;

Practical teaching – methodical units

Practical classes (preparation of seminar papers)

1 Preparing the expert’s report pertaining to the severity of physical injury;

2 Preparing the expert’s report pertaining to the non-pecuniary damage

RECOMMANDED

READING

Compulsory

Selaković S. , Kvaal S. , Nikolić D. i saradnici. : Sudska stomatologija, pravni i medicinski aspekt.

Službeni Glasnik, Pravni fakultet Novi Sad, 2013, u štampi

Tasić i saradnici: Sudska medicina. Novi Sad, 2007

Šćepanović G. , Stanković Z. , Petrović Z. i saradnici: Sudskomedicinsko veštačenje nematerijalne štete.

Službnei Glasnik, Beograd 2011

Additional

Evaluation of students' work – Points per individual activity

Pre-exam obligations Final exam Total

Lectures Pract. Colloquium Seminar paper Other Written Oral 100

30 20 30 20

List of teachers and Assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant Prof. Associate Prof. Full Professor Scientist

0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0

1. Prof. dr Srećko Selaković

2. Prof. dr Goran Stojiljković

Head of the Department

Prof. dr Đorđe Petrović

Page 152: Study program details 2015
Page 153: Study program details 2015

53. FINAL (DEGREE) PAPER (StV-IZPR) STUDY PROGRAM Integrated Studies of Dentistry

DEPARTMENT

SUBJECT FINAL (DEGREE) PAPER

STATUS OF THE SUBJECT Compulsory

Condition Passed all exams

The year of

studies

Winter term (No. of the lessons per week)

Summer term (No. of the lessons per week Number of pre-exam

tests

Number or

seminar papers

Number of

POINTS Lectures Practice Lectures Practice

fifth - - 20

Methodology

AIM

The aim of composing the final paper is that the future dentist :

uses the knowledge acquired from the course ’’Introduction to research work’’ and experience gained though previous studies.

applies the methodology of research work on specific problem. demonstrates that he is capable to apply methods for statistical analysis of data and present them by graphs and tables

demonstrates the ability to find the necessary data by using the search engines designed for international and domestic biomedical

database demonstrates the ability to present results of research work in written and oral form.

PU

RPOSE

knowledge Once the dentist has defended his final degree paper he is qualified for further research work, to publish it in scientific journals and

to present his scientific observations and achievements.

The graduate students is a competent educator of medical staff in their continuing education SKILLS

CO

NT

EN

TS

OF

SU

BJ

EC

T:

Theoretical teaching - methodical units

The application of final degree paper, its content, time, place and the process of defending it are regulated by special Regulations of final degree paper.

Practical teaching - methodical units

RECOMMENDED

READING

Compulsory

Additional

Student evaluation –no. of points for each activity

Pre-exam activities Final exam Total

Lectures Practice Pre-exam tests seminar papers Other Written Oral

100 The board evaluates final degree paper by grading from 5 to 10, and positive grade (6-10) is a part of the overall grade point average

of the student. Undefended final degree papers are graded 5.

List of professors and assistants

Associate Assistant Lecturer Assistant prof. Associate Prof. Full professor scientist

Mentor – professor

The Head of the Department